QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2005

Securities Act Registration No. 333-122225
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-21702



U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM N-2

    Registration Statement
Under the Securities Act of 1933
  ý
    Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2   ý
    Post-Effective Amendment No.   o
    and/or
Registration Statement
Under the Investment Company Act of 1940
  ý
    Amendment No. 2   ý

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)

100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(888) 825-2257
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Robert S. Kapito, President
BlackRock Health Sciences Trust
40 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10022
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.   Leonard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP   Clifford Chance US LLP
Four Times Square   31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10036   New York, New York 10019

Approximate date of proposed public offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Title of Securities Being Registered
  Amount Being
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering
Price per Unit

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Shares, $0.001 par value   8,200,000 shares   $25.00   $205,000,000   $24,128.50(1)

(1)
$294.25 of such amount was previously paid.


         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATES AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.





BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

Part A — Prospectus

Items in Part A of Form N
  Location in Prospectus
Item 1.   Outside Front Cover   Cover Page
Item 2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Page   Cover Page
Item 3.   Fee Table and Synopsis   Prospectus Summary; Summary of Trust Expenses
Item 4.   Financial Highlights   Not Applicable
Item 5.   Plan of Distribution   Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; Underwriting
Item 6.   Selling Shareholders   Not Applicable
Item 7.   Use of Proceeds   Use of Proceeds; The Trust's Investments
Item 8.   General Description of the Registrant   The Trust; The Trust's Investments; Risks; Description of Shares; Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust; Closed-End Trust Structure;
Item 9.   Management   Management of the Trust; Custodian and Transfer Agent; Trust Expenses
Item 10.   Capital Stock, Long-Term Debt, and Other Securities   Description of Shares; Distributions; Dividend Reinvestment Plan; Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust; Tax Matters
Item 11.   Defaults and Arrears on Senior Securities   Not Applicable
Item 12.   Legal Proceedings   Legal Opinions
Item 13.   Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information   Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information


Part B — Statement of Additional Information

Item 14.   Cover Page   Cover Page
Item 15.   Table of Contents   Cover Page
Item 16.   General Information and History   Not Applicable
Item 17.   Investment Objective and Policies   Investment Objective and Policies; Investment Policies and Techniques; Other Investment Policies and Techniques; Portfolio Transactions
Item 18.   Management   Management of the Trust; Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
Item 19.   Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities   Not Applicable
Item 20.   Investment Advisory and Other Services   Management of the Trust; Experts
Item 21.   Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices   Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
Item 22.   Tax Status   Tax Matters; Distributions
Item 23.   Financial Statements   Financial Statements; Independent Auditors' Report


Part C — Other Information

Items 24-33 have been answered in Part C of this Registration Statement


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated March 25, 2005

PROSPECTUS

GRAPHIC

           Shares

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust

Common Shares
$25.00 per Share


        Investment Objective.     BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Trust") is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Trust's investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve this objective by investing primarily in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry.

(Continues on next page)

         Investing in the Trust's common shares involves risks that are described in the "Risks" section beginning on page 25 of this prospectus.


 
  Per Share
  Total (1)
Public offering price   $25.00   $    
Sales load(2)   $1.125   $    
Estimated offering expenses(3)   $.05   $    
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust   $23.825   $    

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about            , 2005.



Merrill Lynch & Co.

 

A.G. Edwards

 

Wachovia Securities

Advest, Inc.

 

BB&T Capital Markets

 

Robert W. Baird & Co.

H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.

 

Ferris, Baker Watts

 

Fixed Income Securities, L.P.
           Incorporated            

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.

 

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

PNC Capital Markets, Inc.

 

RBC Capital Markets

 

Raymond James

 

 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company

 

 
                         Incorporated    

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2005.


(Continued from previous page)         Investment Advisor.     The Trust's investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors,  Inc. ("BlackRock Advisors" or the "Advisor").

        Investment Policies and Strategy.     Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry. Companies in the health sciences industry include health care providers as well as businesses involved in researching, developing, producing, distributing or delivering medical, dental, optical, pharmaceutical or biotechnology products, supplies, equipment or services or that provide support services to these companies. Equity securities in which the Trust anticipates investing include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts and equity interests in real estate investment trusts that own hospitals.

        In selecting investments, the Trust looks for equity securities of companies that appear to have potential for above average performance. These may include companies that the Advisor expects to show above average growth over the long term as well as those that appear to the Advisor to be trading below their true net worth. The Trust may invest in companies of any size market-capitalization. As part of its investment strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ an option strategy of writing covered call options on common stocks in its portfolio, writing covered call options and, to a lesser extent, writing put and call options on indices of health sciences securities. The Trust may use strategic transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance gain and may engage in short sales of securities.

        No Prior History.      The Trust's shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering. The Trust's common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "BME."

        You should read this prospectus, which contains important information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                        , 2005, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information on page 45 of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling (888) 825-2257 or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and Exchange Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov).

        The Trust's common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

ii



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   1
Summary of Trust Expenses   15
The Trust   16
Use of Proceeds   16
The Trust's Investments   16
Risks   25
Management of the Trust   31
Net Asset Value   33
Distributions   33
Dividend Reinvestment Plan   34
Description of Shares   36
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust   36
Closed-End Fund Structure   38
Repurchase of Common Shares   38
Tax Matters   39
Underwriting   41
Custodian and Transfer Agent   43
Legal Opinions   44
Privacy Principles of the Trust   44
Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information   45

         You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.

iii



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.

The Trust   BlackRock Health Sciences Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Health Sciences Trust simply as the "Trust" or as "we," "us" or "our." See "The Trust."

The Offering

 

The Trust is offering          common shares of beneficial interest at $25.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the "Underwriters") led by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. The common shares of beneficial interest are called "common shares" in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 common shares ($2,500) in order to participate in this offering. The Trust has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to additional common shares to cover overallotments. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay offering expenses (other than sales load) that exceed $.05 per common share. See "Underwriting."

Investment Objective

 

The Trust's investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve this objective by investing primarily in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry. There can be no assurance that the Trust's investment objective will be achieved. See "The Trust's Investments — Investment Objective and Policies."

Investment Policies and Strategy

 

Investment Philosophy . The Advisor believes that the knowledge and experience of its Health Sciences Team enable it to evaluate the macro environment and assess its impact on the various sub-sectors within the health sciences industry. Within this framework, the Advisor identifies stocks with attractive characteristics, evaluates the use of options and provides ongoing portfolio risk management.

 

 

The top-down or macro component of the investment process is designed to assess the various interrelated macro variables affecting the health sciences industry as a whole. Risk/reward analysis is a key component of the Advisor's macro view. The Advisor evaluates health sciences sub-sectors (
i.e. , pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, medical devices, healthcare services, etc.). Selection of sub-sectors within the health sciences industry is a direct result of the Advisor's sub-sector analysis. Once the evaluation of the various sub-sectors in the health sciences industry is complete, the Advisor determines optimal portfolio positioning.
     

1



 

 

Bottom-up security selection is focused on identifying companies with the most attractive characteristics within each sub-sector of the health sciences industry. The Advisor seeks to identify companies with strong product potential, solid earnings growth and/or earnings power which are under-appreciated by investors, a quality management team and compelling relative and absolute valuation. The Advisor believes that the knowledge and experience of its Health Sciences Team enables it to identify attractive health sciences securities.

 

 

The Advisor intends to utilize option strategies that consist of writing (selling) covered call options on a portion of the common stocks in the Trust, as well as other option strategies such as writing covered puts or using options to manage risk. The portfolio management team will work closely to determine which option strategies to pursue to seek to maximize both current income and capital appreciation.

 

 

Investment Strategy . Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry. The Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders. Companies in the health sciences industry include health care providers as well as businesses involved in researching, developing, producing, distributing or delivering medical, dental, optical, pharmaceutical or biotechnology products, supplies, equipment or services or that provide support services to these companies. These companies also include those that own or operate health facilities and hospitals or provide related administrative, management or financial support. Other health science industries in which the Trust may invest include: clinical testing laboratories; diagnostics; hospital, laboratory or physician ancillary products and support services; rehabilitation services; employer health insurance management services; and vendors of goods and services specifically to companies engaged in the health sciences. In addition, the Trust may invest in industries that may develop in the future that are commonly considered to be health science industries.

 

 

While the Trust will invest primarily in companies providing products and services for human health, it may also invest in companies whose products or services relate to the growth or survival of animals and plants. Non-human health science industries include companies engaged in the development, production or distribution of products or services that: increase crop, animal and animal product yields by enhancing growth or increasing disease resistance, improve agricultural product characteristics, such as taste, appearance, nutritional content and shelf life; reduce the cost of producing agricultural products; or improve pet health.
     

2



 

 

The Trust will consider a company to be principally engaged in a health sciences or related industry if 50% or more of its revenues are derived from, or 50% or more of its assets are related to, its health sciences business. Although the Trust generally will invest in companies included in the Russell 3000® Index, the Trust may invest in equity securities of health sciences companies with any size market capitalization, including small and mid-cap health sciences companies and companies that are not included in the Russell 3000® Index.

 

 

Equity securities in which the Trust anticipates investing include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts and equity interests in real estate investment trusts that own hospitals.

 

 

As part of its strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ an option strategy of writing (selling) covered put and call options on individual common stocks. In addition to its covered put and call strategy, the Trust may, to a lesser extent, pursue an option strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both put options and call options on indices of health sciences securities. The Trust seeks to produce current income and gains generated from option writing premiums.

 

 

A put option on a security is "covered" if the Trust segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees) equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor as described above. In the case of a call option on a common stock or other security, the option is "covered" if the Trust owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees) in such amount are segregated by the Trust's custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor as described above. An index option is considered "covered" if the Trust maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. An index put option also is covered if the Trust holds a put on the same index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid. An index call option also is covered if the Trust holds a call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid.
     

3



 

 

The Trust generally intends to write covered put and call options with respect to approximately 30% to 50% of its total assets, although this percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions. Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates initially writing covered put and call options with respect to approximately one-third of its total assets. The number of covered put and call options on securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. In connection with its option writing strategy, the Trust will not write "naked" or uncovered put or call options. Furthermore, the Trust's options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisor. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

 

 

The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in other investments. These investments may include equity and debt securities of companies not engaged in the health sciences industry. The Trust reserves the right to invest up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, commonly known as "junk bonds." See "Risks — Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk."

 

 

In addition to the option strategies discussed above, the Trust may engage in strategic transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. See "The Trust's Investments — Portfolio Composition — Strategic Transactions." The Trust may also lend securities and engage in short sales of securities.
     

4



 

 

The Trust currently does not intend to borrow money for investment purposes or issue preferred shares.

Investment Advisor

 

BlackRock Advisors will be the Trust's investment advisor. BlackRock Advisors will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trust's managed assets. Because the Trust has no present intention of borrowing for investment purposes, the Trust's "managed assets" will generally be equal to the Trust's net assets. However, if the Trust borrows for investment purposes "managed assets" will mean the total assets of the Trust minus the sum of the accrued liabilities (other than the aggregate indebtedness constituting financial leverage). See "Management of the Trust."

Distributions

 

Commencing with the Trust's initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a portion of its investment company taxable income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial quarterly dividend on the Trust's common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial quarterly dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will pay common shareholders annually at least 90% of its investment company taxable income.

 

 

Various factors will affect the level of the Trust's income, such as its asset mix and the Trust's use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain more stable quarterly distributions, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust's net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust's net asset value. See "Distributions." Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares issued by the Trust or common shares of the Trust purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust's dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See "Dividend Reinvestment Plan."

Listing

 

The Trust's common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "BME."

Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

The Bank of New York will serve as the Trust's Custodian and Transfer Agent. See "Custodian and Transfer Agent."
     

5



Market Price of Shares

 

Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than their net asset value. Common shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust that invest primarily in equity securities have during some periods traded at prices higher than their net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than their net asset value. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value. The Trust's net asset value will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of the offering costs paid by the Trust. See "Use of Proceeds." In addition to net asset value, the market price of the Trust's common shares may be affected by such factors as dividend levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, dividend stability, liquidity and market supply and demand. See "Risks," "Description of Shares" and the section of the Statement of Additional Information with the heading "Repurchase of Common Shares." The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.

Special Risk Considerations

 

No Operating History . The Trust is a closed-end management investment company with no operating history. See "Risks — No Operating History."

 

 

Investment and Market Discount Risk . An investment in the Trust's common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust's shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Trust's shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.

 

 

Common Stock Risk . The Trust will have exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may significantly under-perform relative to fixed-income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors' perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
     

6



 

 

Dividend Risk . Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer's board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common stocks in which the Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time. As described further in "Tax Matters," "qualified dividend income" received by the Trust will generally be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to individuals for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009. There is no assurance as to what portion of the Trust's distributions will constitute qualified dividend income. See "Risks — Dividend Risk."

 

 

Industry Concentration Risk . The Trust's investments will be concentrated in the health sciences and related industries. Because the Trust's investments are focused in a specific industry, the Trust may present more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. A downturn in the health sciences industry would have a larger impact on the Trust than on an investment company that does not concentrate in such industry. At times, the performance of securities of companies in the health sciences industry will lag the performance of other industries or the broader market as a whole.

 

 

Other risks inherent in investing in the health sciences industry include:

 

 

Health Science Companies . Investment in the securities of health science companies entails special considerations and risks. Among these is the risk that many health science companies may be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, some of the same trends relating to demand for health-related products and services and the same regulatory, economic and political factors. Certain parts of the health science industry and certain health science companies are characterized by single product focus, rapidly changing technology or extensive governmental regulation. The health sciences industry can be significantly affected by the supply of and demand for specific products and services, government regulation and legislative actions, including price controls, product liability suits and economic conditions. Regulatory and research developments may render existing products and technologies obsolete and may result in abrupt fluctuations in securities values of health science companies. Intellectual property rights are very important to many health science companies and the expiration of intellectual property rights or other events, such as law suits, that adversely affect a health science company's intellectual property rights may materially and adversely affect the value of its securities. Governmental actions and regulations can affect the approval process for patents, medical devices and drugs, the funding of research and medical care programs, and the operation and licensing of facilities and personnel. Obtaining government approvals may be a lengthy, expensive process with an uncertain outcome. Unanticipated problems may arise in connection with the development of new products or technologies, and many such efforts may ultimately be unsuccessful. As a result of these and other factors, smaller developing health science companies in particular may require additional capital investments, which may dilute the interests of existing investors, such as the Trust.
     

7



 

 

Small and Mid-Cap Stock Risk . The Trust may invest in companies with small or medium capitalizations. Smaller and medium company stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger company stocks. There may be less trading in a smaller or medium company's stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock's price than is the case with larger company stocks. Smaller and medium companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a smaller or medium company's stock price than is the case for a larger company. In addition, smaller or medium company stocks may not be well known to the investing public. See "Risks — Small and Mid-Cap Stock Risk."

 

 

Investments in Unseasoned Companies . The Trust may invest in the securities of smaller, less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the health science companies in which the Trust may invest will be start-up companies which may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities of emerging health science companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain health science companies, which may or may not be health science companies, may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Trust may invest.

 

 

Substantial Competition . Intense competition exists within and among certain sectors of the health science industry, including competition to obtain and sustain proprietary technology protection. Health science companies may be highly dependent on the strength of a patent for maintenance of revenues and market share. The complex nature of the technologies involved can lead to patent disputes, including litigation that could result in a company losing an exclusive right to a patent.
     

8



 

 

Product Liability Exposure . Certain health science companies and related companies in which the Trust may invest will be exposed to potential liability risks that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of human therapeutic and diagnostic products.

 

 

Non-U.S. Securities Risk . The Trust may invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent the Trust acquires securities of non-U.S. issuers, it will be subject to risks not usually associated with owning securities of U.S. issuers. These risks can include fluctuations in foreign currencies, foreign currency exchange controls, political and economic instability, expropriation and nationalization, differences in financial reporting, differences in securities regulation and trading, and foreign taxation issues. See "Risks — Non-U.S. Securities Risk."

 

 

Emerging Markets Risk . Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers to a heightened degree. Emerging market countries generally include every nation in the world except the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the markets for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Trust's investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.

 

 

Foreign Currency Risk . Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust's net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to enhance total return which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. See "Risks — Foreign Currency Risk" and "Risks — Strategic Transactions."
     

9



 

 

Short Sales Risk . Short selling involves selling securities which may or may not be owned and borrowing the same securities for delivery to the purchaser, with an obligation to replace the borrowed securities at a later date. Short selling allows the short seller to profit from declines in market prices to the extent such declines exceed the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, in that the price of the underlying security could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. There can be no assurance that the securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss.

 

 

Risks Associated with Options on Securities . There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the option's life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. In other words, as the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, the Trust's ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

 

 

When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trust's potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire value of the stock.

 

 

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Trust's ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
     

10



 

 

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options' expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option's expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Trust's capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.

 

 

Index Option Risk . The Trust may sell health care index put and call options from time to time. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of index options is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. The value of index options written by the Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the respective health sciences index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options' expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index option premiums it receives from selling index put and call options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index option premiums can vary widely over the short-term and long-term.
     

11



 

 

To the extent that the Trust purchases options pursuant to a hedging strategy, the Trust will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Trust is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Trust will lose its entire investment in the option.

 

 

Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Trust might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Trust were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.

 

 

Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk . The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities that are below investment grade. Non-investment grade securities are commonly referred to as "junk bonds." Investments in lower grade securities will expose the Trust to greater risks than if the Trust owned only higher grade debt securities. Because of the substantial risks associated with lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short term and the long term. Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade debt securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated debt securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value. See "Risks — Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk."
     

12



 

 

Non-Diversification . The Trust has registered as a "non-diversified" investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"). For federal income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than 25%, except for investments in United States government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value of its total assets in the obligations of any single issuer or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in the obligations of a limited number of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment company to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence.

 

 

Strategic Transactions . Strategic transactions in which the Trust may engage for hedging purposes or to enhance total return, including engaging in transactions such as options, futures, swaps, foreign currency transactions including forward foreign currency contracts, currency swaps or options on currency and currency futures and other derivatives transactions ("Strategic Transactions") also involve certain risks and special considerations. Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisor's ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. See "Risks — Strategic Transactions."
     

13



 

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk . The aftermath of the war in Iraq and the continuing occupation of Iraq, instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may have resulted in market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of the occupation or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. Given the risks described above, an investment in the common shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Trust. See "Risks — Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk."

 

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions . The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. See "Risks — Anti-Takeover Provisions."

14



SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES

        The following table shows Trust expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares:

Shareholder Transaction Expenses      
  Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)   4.50%  
  Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)   .20% (1)
  Dividend reinvestment plan fees   None (2)
 
  Percentage of
Net Assets
Attributable to
Common Shares

 
Annual Expenses      
  Management fee   1.00%  
  Other expenses   .15% (3)
  Total annual expenses   1.15%  

(1)
The Trust will pay offering costs of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to an aggregate of $.05 per share of the Trust's common shares. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay such offering costs of the Trust to the extent they exceed $.05 per share of the Trust's common shares.

(2)
You will be charged a $2.50 service charge and a brokerage commission of $.15 per share sold if you direct the Plan Agent (as defined below) to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.

(3)
Certain of these expenses represent reimbursement at cost to BlackRock Advisors for non-advisory services provided to the Trust by employees of BlackRock Advisors. See "Management of the Trust — Investment Management Agreement."

        In addition to the sales load paid by you, BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay from its own assets additional compensation to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and to Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. BlackRock Advisors may also pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that participate in the marketing of the Trust's common shares. See "Underwriting."

        The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the Trust's first full year of operations and assume that the Trust issues 10,000,000 common shares. If the Trust issues fewer common shares, all other things being equal, these expenses, as a percentage of the Trust's net assets attributable to common shares, would increase. See "Management of the Trust" and "Dividend Reinvestment Plan."

        The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (1) total net annual expenses of 1.15% of net assets attributable to common shares and (2) a 5% annual return:(1)

 
  1 Year
  3 Years
  5 Years
  10 Years
Total Expenses Incurred   $56   $80   $105   $178

(1)
The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. The example assumes that the estimated "Other Expenses" set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, and that all dividends and distributions are

15



THE TRUST

        The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on January 19, 2005, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust has no operating history. The Trust's principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (888) 825-2257.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The net proceeds of this offering of common shares will be approximately $                      ($            if the Underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full) after payment of the estimated offering costs. The Trust will invest the net proceeds of this offering in accordance with the Trust's investment objective and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest primarily in equity securities that meet the Trust's investment objective and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term debt securities.


THE TRUST'S INVESTMENTS

Investment Objective and Policies

        The Trust's investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve this objective by investing primarily in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry.

        Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry. The Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders. Companies in the health sciences industry include health care providers as well as businesses involved in researching, developing, producing, distributing or delivering medical, dental, optical, pharmaceutical or biotechnology products, supplies, equipment or services or that provide support services to these companies. These companies also include those that own or operate health facilities and hospitals or provide related administrative, management or financial support. Other health science industries in which the Trust may invest include: clinical testing laboratories; diagnostics; hospital, laboratory or physician ancillary products and support services; rehabilitation services; employer health insurance management services; and vendors of goods and services specifically to companies engaged in the health sciences. In addition, the Trust may invest in industries that may develop in the future that are commonly considered to be health science industries.

        While the Trust will invest primarily in companies providing products and services for human health, it may also invest in companies whose products or services relate to the growth or survival of animals and plants. Non-human health science industries include companies engaged in the development, production or distribution of products or services that: increase crop, animal and animal product yields by enhancing growth or increasing disease resistance, improve agricultural product characteristics, such as taste, appearance, nutritional content and shelf life; reduce the cost of producing agricultural products; or improve pet health.

16



        The Trust will consider a company to be principally engaged in a health sciences or related industry if 50% or more of its revenues are derived from, or 50% or more of its assets are related to, its health sciences business. Although the Trust generally will invest in companies included in the Russell 3000® Index, the Trust may invest in equity securities of health sciences companies with any size market capitalization, including small and mid-cap health sciences companies and companies that are not included in the Russell 3000® Index.

        Equity securities in which the Trust anticipates investing include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts and equity interests in real estate investment trusts that own hospitals.

        As part of its strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ an option strategy of writing (selling) covered call options on common stocks and writing covered puts. The Trust seeks to produce current income and gains generated from option writing premiums. In addition to its covered put and call strategy the Trust may, to a lesser extent, pursue an option strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both put options and call options on indices of health sciences securities.

        The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in other investments. These investments may include equity and debt securities of companies not engaged in the health sciences industry. The Trust reserves the right to invest up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, commonly known as "junk bonds." See "Risks — Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk.

        In addition to the option strategies discussed above, the Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. The Trust may also engage in short sales of securities.

        The Trust does not intend to borrow money for investment purposes or issue preferred shares.

        The percentage limitations applicable to the Trust's portfolio described in this prospectus apply only at the time of investment and the Trust will not be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.

        For a more complete discussion of the Trust's portfolio composition, see " — Portfolio Composition."

Investment Philosophy

        The Advisor believes that the knowledge and experience of its Health Sciences Team enable it to evaluate the macro environment and assess its impact on the various sub-sectors within the health sciences industry. Within this framework, the Advisor identifies stocks with attractive characteristics, evaluates the use of options and provides ongoing portfolio risk management.

        The top-down or macro component of the investment process is designed to assess the various interrelated macro variables affecting the health sciences industry as a whole. Risk/reward analysis is a key component of the Advisor's macro view. The Advisor evaluates health sciences sub-sectors ( i.e. , pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, medical devices, healthcare services, etc.). Selection of sub-sectors within the health sciences industry is a direct result of the Advisor's sub-sector analysis. Once the evaluation of the various sub-sectors in the health sciences industry is complete, the Advisor determines optimal portfolio positioning.

        Bottom-up security selection is focused on identifying companies with the most attractive characteristics within each sub-sector of the health sciences industry. The Advisor seeks to identify companies with strong product potential, solid earnings growth and/or earnings power which are under appreciated by investors, a quality management team and compelling relative and absolute valuation. The Advisor believes that the knowledge and experience of its Health Sciences Team enables it to identify attractive health sciences securities.

17



        The Advisor intends to utilize option strategies that consist of writing (selling) covered call options on a portion of the common stocks in the Trust, as well as other option strategies such as writing covered puts or using options to manage risk. The portfolio management team will work closely to determine which option strategies to pursue to seek to maximize both current income and capital appreciation.

Portfolio Composition

        The Trust's portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. Additional information relating to the Trust's investment policies and restrictions and the Trust's portfolio investments is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

        Equity Securities.     The Trust intends to invest primarily in equity securities, including common and preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts, of issuers engaged in the health sciences or related industries and equity interests in real estate investment trusts that own hospitals. Common stocks generally represent an equity ownership interest in an issuer. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may under-perform relative to fixed-income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors' perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. The Trust will employ a strategy, as described below, of writing covered call options on common stocks.

        For more information regarding preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts and equity securities of real estate investment trusts, see "Investment Policies and Techniques — Equity Securities" in the Statement of Additional Information.

        Options-In General.     An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or "strike" price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as "American style" options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as "European style" options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option. Since virtually all options on individual stocks trade American style, the Advisor believes that substantially all of the options written by the Trust will be American style options.

        The Trust will generally write call options and put options if they are "covered." In the case of a call option on a common stock or other security, the option is "covered" if the Trust owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees) in such amount are segregated by the Trust's custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor as described above. A put

18



option on a security is "covered" if the Trust segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor as described above equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Advisor as described above.

        If an option written by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Trust at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Trust desires. The Trust may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option when purchased. The Trust will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Trust will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Trust will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Trust will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Trust's option strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income.

        Call Options and Covered Call Writing.     The Trust will follow a strategy known as "covered call option writing," which is a strategy designed to produce income and offset a portion of a market decline in the underlying common stock. This strategy will be the Trust's primary option investment strategy. The Trust will only "sell" or "write" call options on common stocks held in the Trust's portfolio. As part of its strategy, it may not sell "naked" call options on individual securities, i.e. options representing more shares of the stock than are held in the portfolio. The standard contract size for a single option is 100 shares of the common stock. There are four items needed to identify any option: (1) the underlying security, (2) the expiration month, (3) the strike price and (4) the type (call or put). For example, ten XYZ Co. October 40 call options provide the right to purchase 1,000 shares of XYZ Co. on or before October 21, 2005 at $40 per share. A call option whose strike price is above the current price of the underlying stock is called "out-of-the-money." Most of the options that will be sold by the Trust are expected to be out-of-the-money, allowing for potential appreciation in addition to the proceeds from the sale of the option. An option whose strike price is below the current price of the underlying stock is called "in-the-money" and will be sold by the Trust as a defensive measure to protect against a possible decline in the underlying stock. The following is a conceptual example of a covered call transaction, making the following assumptions: (1) a common stock currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a 6-month call option is written with a strike price of $40 ( i.e. , 7.7% higher than the current market price) and (3) the writer receives $2.45 (or 6.6%) of the common stock's value as premium income. This example is not meant to represent the performance of any actual common stock, option contract or the Trust itself. Under this scenario, before giving effect to any change in the price of the stock, the covered-call writer receives the premium, representing 6.6% of the common stock's value, regardless of the stock's performance over the 6-month period until option expiration. If the stock remains unchanged, the option will expire and there would be a 6.6% return for the 6-month period. If the stock were to decline in price by 6.6%, the strategy would "break-even" thus offering no gain or loss. If the stock were to climb to a price of $40 or above, the option would be exercised and the stock would return 7.7% coupled with the option premium of 6.6% for a total return of 14.3%. Under this scenario, the investor would not benefit from any appreciation of the stock above $40, and thus be limited to a 14.3% total return. The premium income from writing the call option serves to offset some of the unrealized loss on the stock in the event that the price of the stock declines, but if

19


the stock were to decline more than 6.6% under this scenario, the investor's downside protection is eliminated and the stock could eventually become worthless. For conventional listed call options, the option's expiration date can be up to nine months from the date the call options are first listed for trading. Longer-term call options can have expiration dates up to three years from the date of listing. It is anticipated that most options that are written against Trust stock holdings will be repurchased prior to the option's expiration date, generating a gain or loss in the options. If the options were not to be repurchased, the option holder would exercise their rights and buy the stock from the Trust at the strike price if the stock traded at a higher price than the strike price. In general, the Trust intends to continue to hold its common stocks rather than allowing them to be called away by the option holders. Option contracts are originated and standardized by an independent entity called the Options Clearing Corporation. Currently, options are available on over 2,300 stocks with new listings added periodically. The Trust will write (sell) call options that are generally issued, guaranteed and cleared by the Options Clearing Corporation. Listed call options are traded on the American Stock Exchange, Chicago Board Options Exchange, International Securities Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange, Philadelphia Stock Exchange or various other U.S. options exchanges. The Advisor believes that there exists a large trading volume of options, easily sufficient to fulfill the Trust's option requirements to fully implement its strategies.

        Put Options.     Put options are contracts that give the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The Trust may utilize a strategy in which it will own shares of a common stock, write (sell) call options and write (sell) put options. The Trust may also write (sell) put options on common stocks that it does not own. These strategies may produce a considerably higher return than the Trust's primary strategy of covered call writing, but involve a higher degree of risk and potential volatility.

        Options on Indices.     The Trust may sell put and call options on indices of health science securities that are exchange-listed. Options on an index differ from options on securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based (in the case of the Trust, the health sciences indices) is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

        As the seller of an index put or call option, the Trust receives cash (the premium) from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The Trust, in effect, agrees to accept the potential depreciation (in the case of a put) or sell the potential appreciation (in the case of a call) in the value of the relevant health sciences index in exchange for the premium. If, at or before expiration, the purchaser exercises the put or call option sold by the Trust, the Trust will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the health sciences index and the exercise price of the index option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Trust as the seller of the index put or call option.

        The Trust may execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has sold and sell another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The Trust's objective in entering into such a closing transaction will be to optimize net index option premiums. The cost of a closing transaction may reduce the net index option premiums realized from the sale of the index option.

20



        The Trust will cover its obligations when it sells index options. An index option is considered "covered" if the Trust maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. An index put option also is covered if the Trust holds a put on the same index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid. An index call option also is covered if the Trust holds a call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be liquid.

        Limitation on Option Writing Strategy.     The Trust generally intends to write covered put and call options with respect to approximately 30% to 50% of its total assets, although this percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions. Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates initially writing covered put and call options with respect to approximately one-third of its total assets. The number of covered put and call options or securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. In connection with its option writing strategy, the Trust will not write "naked" or uncovered put or call options. Furthermore, the Trust's options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisor. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

        Non-U.S. Securities.     The Trust may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies or multinational currency units. The Trust may invest in non-U.S. securities of so-called emerging market issuers. For purposes of the Trust, a company is deemed to be a non-U.S. company if it meets the following tests: (i) such company was not organized in the United States; (ii) such company's primary business office is not in the United States; (iii) the principal trading market for such company's securities is not located in the United States; (iv) less than 50% of such company's assets are located in the United States; or (v) 50% or more of such issuer's revenues are derived from outside the United States. Non-U.S. securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. Securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most non-U.S. securities markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility of price can be greater than in the United States.

        Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Trust would be subject to additional risks if it invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise.

        Since non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.

21


        Short Sales.     The Trust may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales, for risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain.

        When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

        The Trust's obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.

        If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust's gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

        The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets or the Trust's aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an issuer exceeds 25% of the issuer's outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales "against the box" without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.

        Securities Lending.     The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the board of trustees of the Trust ("Qualified Institutions"). By lending its portfolio securities, the Trust attempts to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that may occur during the term of the loan will be for the account of the Trust. The Trust may lend its portfolio securities so long as the terms and the structure of such loans are not inconsistent with requirements of the Investment Company Act, which currently require that (i) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Trust collateral consisting of cash, a letter of credit issued by a domestic U.S. bank, or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned, (ii) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises ( i.e. , the value of the loan is "marked to the market" on a daily basis), (iii) the loan be made subject to termination by the Trust at any time and (iv) the Trust receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the Trust's investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short term investments), any distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value. The Trust will not lend portfolio securities if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans exceeds 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Trust's total assets (including such loans). Loan arrangements made by the Trust will comply with all other applicable regulatory requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, which rules presently require the borrower, after notice, to redeliver the securities within the normal settlement time of five business days. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the Qualified Institution, will be monitored by the Advisor, and will be

22



considered in making decisions with respect to lending securities, subject to review by the Trust's board of trustees.

        The Trust may pay reasonable negotiated fees in connection with loaned securities, so long as such fees are set forth in a written contract and approved by the Trust's board of trustees. In addition, voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if a material event were to occur affecting such a loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted.

        Non-Investment Grade Securities.     The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade, such as those rated Ba or lower by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and BB or lower by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by BlackRock Advisors to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Ba by Moody's are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Securities rated C are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Securities rated D are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears. The Trust may purchase securities rated as low as D or unrated securities deemed by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. When the Advisor believes it to be in the best interests of the Trust's shareholders, the Trust will reduce its investment in lower grade securities.

        Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value.

        The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, lower grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with lower grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and will be a substantial factor in the Trust's relative share price volatility.

        Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.

        The ratings of Moody's, S&P, Fitch and the other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisor also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust's ability to achieve its

23



investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

        Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period.     During the period in which the net proceeds of this offering of common shares are being invested, during periods in which the Advisor determines that it is temporarily unable to follow the Trust's investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so or pending re-investment of proceeds received in connection with the sale of a security, the Trust may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents. The Advisor's determination that it is temporarily unable to follow the Trust's investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Trust's investment strategy is extremely limited or absent. In such a case, shares of the Trust may be adversely affected and the Trust may not pursue or achieve its investment objective. The Advisor currently anticipates that these are the only circumstances in which the Trust will invest in income securities.

        Strategic Transactions.     In addition to the option strategies discussed above, the Trust may, but is not required to, use various strategic transactions described below to, facilitate portfolio management, mitigate risks and generate total return. Such strategic transactions are generally accepted under modern portfolio management and are regularly used by many mutual funds, closed-end funds and other institutional investors. Although the Advisor seeks to use the practices to further the Trust's investment objective, no assurance can be given that these practices will achieve this result.

        The Trust may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, equity indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon and engage in swaps. The Trust also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, all of the above are referred to as "Strategic Transactions." The Trust generally seeks to use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Trust's portfolio, protect the value of the Trust's portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. The Trust may use Strategic Transactions to enhance potential gain although the Trust will commit variation margin for Strategic Transactions that involve futures contracts only in accordance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

        Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisor's ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. A more complete discussion of Strategic Transactions and their risks is contained in the Trust's Statement of Additional Information.

24



RISKS

        The net asset value of, and dividends paid on, the common shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the risks more fully described below.

        No Operating History.     The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.

        Investment and Market Discount Risk.     An investment in the Trust's common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust's shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Trust's shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.

        Common Stock Risk.     The Trust will have exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and in recent years have significantly underperformed relative to fixed-income securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors' perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Interest rates are at historical lows and, accordingly, it is likely that they will rise.

        Dividend Risk.     Dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer's board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common stocks in which the Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time. As described further in "Tax Matters," "qualified dividend income" received by the Trust will generally be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to such dividends in the case of individual shareholders of the Trust. Unless subsequent legislation is enacted, this reduced tax rate will expire for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2009. There is no assurance as to what portion of the Trust's distributions will constitute qualified dividend income.

        Industry Concentration Risk.     The Trust's investments will be concentrated in the health sciences and related industries. Because the Trust's investments are focused in a specific industry, the Trust may present more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. A downturn in the health sciences industry would have a larger impact on the Trust than on an investment company that does not concentrate in such industry. At times, the performance of securities of companies in the health sciences industry will lag the performance of other industries or the broader market as a whole.

        Other risks inherent in investing in the health sciences industry include:

        Health Science Companies.     Investment in the securities of health science companies entails special considerations and risks. Among these is the risk that many health science companies may be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, some of the same trends relating to demand for health-related

25



products and services and the same regulatory, economic and political factors. Certain parts of the health science industry and certain health science companies are characterized by single product focus, rapidly changing technology or extensive governmental regulation. The health sciences industry can be significantly affected by the supply of and demand for specific products and services, government regulation and legislative actions, including price controls, product liability suits and economic conditions. Regulatory and research developments may render existing products and technologies obsolete and may result in abrupt fluctuations in securities values of health science companies. The Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders. Governmental actions and regulations can affect the approval process for patents, medical devices and drugs, the funding of research and medical care programs, and the operation and licensing of facilities and personnel. Obtaining government approvals may be a lengthy, expensive process with an uncertain outcome. Unanticipated problems may arise in connection with the development of new products or technologies, and many such efforts may ultimately be unsuccessful. As a result of these and other factors, smaller developing health science companies in particular may require additional capital investments, which may dilute the interests of existing investors, such as the Trust.

        Small and Mid-Cap Stock Risk.     The Trust may invest in companies with small and mid-capitalizations. Smaller and medium company stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger company stocks. There may be less trading in a smaller or medium company's stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock's price than is the case with larger company stocks. Smaller and medium companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a smaller and medium company's stock price than is the case for a larger company. As a result, the purchase or sale of more than a limited number of shares of a small and medium company may affect its market price. The Trust may need a considerable amount of time to purchase or sell its positions in these securities. In addition, smaller or medium company stocks may not be well known to the investing public.

        Investments in Unseasoned Companies.     The Trust may invest in the securities of smaller, less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the health science companies in which the Trust may invest will be start-up companies which may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities of emerging health science companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain health science companies, which may or may not be health science companies, may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Trust may invest.

        Substantial Competition.     Intense competition exists within and among certain sectors of the health science industry, including competition to obtain and sustain proprietary technology protection. Health science companies may be highly dependent on the strength of a patent for maintenance of revenues and market share. The complex nature of the technologies involved can lead to patent disputes, including litigation that could result in a company losing an exclusive right to a patent.

        Product Liability Exposure.     Certain health science companies and related companies in which the Trust may invest will be exposed to potential liability risks that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of human therapeutic and diagnostic products.

26



        Non-U.S. Securities Risk.     Investing in non-U.S. securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to: (1) fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; (2) future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; (3) different legal systems; (4) the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; (5) lower trading volume; (6) much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain non-U.S. securities markets; (7) different trading and settlement practices; (8) less governmental supervision; (9) changes in currency exchange rates; (10) high and volatile rates of inflation; (11) fluctuating interest rates; (12) less publicly available information; and (13) different accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements.

        Certain countries in which the Trust may invest, especially emerging market countries, historically have experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. These risks are especially evident in the Middle East and West Africa. The cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of: (1) the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets; (2) confiscatory taxation; (3) difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; (4) economic, political or social instability; and (5) diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries.

        Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust's net asset value or current income could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Certain investments in non-U.S. securities also may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Dividend income from non-U.S. corporations may not be eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income. These risks often are heightened for investments in smaller, emerging capital markets. In addition, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as: (1) growth of gross domestic product; (2) rates of inflation; (3) capital reinvestment; (4) resources; (5) self-sufficiency; and (6) balance of payments position.

        As a result of these potential risks, the Advisor may determine that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria, it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a particular country. The Trust may invest in countries in which foreign investors, including the Advisor, have had no or limited prior experience.

        Emerging Markets Risk.     Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the markets for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Trust's investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.

        Foreign Currency Risk.     Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust's net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the

27



exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to enhance total return which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. See "Risks-Strategic Transactions."

        Short Sales Risk.     Short selling involves selling securities which may or may not be owned and borrowing the same securities for delivery to the purchaser, with an obligation to replace the borrowed securities at a later date. Short selling allows the short seller to profit from declines in market prices to the extent such declines exceed the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, in that the price of the underlying security could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. There can be no assurance that the securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss.

        Risks Associated with Options on Securities and Indices.     There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the option's life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. In other words, as the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, the Trust's ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

        When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trust's potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire value of the stock.

        There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Trust's ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Trust were unable to close out a

28


covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.

        The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options' expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option's expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Trust's capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.

        Index Option Risk.     The Trust may sell health care index put and call options from time to time. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of index options is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. The value of index options written by the Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the respective health sciences index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options' expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index option premiums it receives from selling index put and call options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index option premiums can vary widely over the short-term and long-term.

        To the extent that the Trust purchases options pursuant to a hedging strategy, the Trust will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Trust is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Trust will lose its entire investment in the option.

        Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Trust might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Trust were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.

        Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk.     The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities that are below investment grade. Non-investment grade securities are commonly referred to as "junk bonds." Investments in lower grade securities will expose the Trust to greater risks than if the Trust owned only higher grade debt securities. Because of the substantial risks associated with lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short term and the long term. Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high

29



risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade debt securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated debt securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value.

        Non-Diversification.     The Trust has registered as a "non-diversified" investment company under the Investment Company Act. For federal income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than 25%, except for investments in United States government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value of its total assets in the obligations of any single issuer or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in the obligations of a limited number of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment company to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence.

        Strategic Transactions.     Strategic Transactions in which the Trust may engage for hedging purposes or to enhance total return also involve certain risks and special considerations. Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisor's ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.

        Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.     The aftermath of the war in Iraq and the continuing occupation of Iraq, instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may have resulted in market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of the occupation or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. Given the risks described above, an investment in the common shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Trust.

        Anti-Takeover Provisions.     The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value.

30



MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Trustees and Officers

        The board of trustees is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the Advisor. There are ten trustees of the Trust. A majority of the trustees are not "interested persons" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust. The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under "Management of the Trust" in the Statement of Additional Information.

Investment Advisor

        BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust's investment advisor. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. ("BlackRock"), which is one of the largest publicly traded investment management firms in the United States with approximately $342 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2004. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative investment products, including the BlackRock Funds™ and BlackRock Liquidity Funds™. In addition, BlackRock provides risk management and investment system services to institutional investors under the BlackRock Solutions® name.

        The BlackRock organization has over 16 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of December 31, 2004, advised a closed-end family of 52 active funds with approximately $15.5 billion in assets. BlackRock has $17 billion in equity assets under management as of December 31, 2004, including $5.4 billion in assets across 16 equity open-end funds and four equity closed-end funds. Clients are served from the company's headquarters in New York City, as well as offices in Boston, Edinburgh, Hong Kong, Morristown, San Francisco, Singapore, Sydney, Tokyo and Wilmington. BlackRock is a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. ("PNC"), one of the largest diversified financial services organizations in the United States, and is majority-owned by PNC and by BlackRock employees.

        BlackRock's Equity Capability.     BlackRock manages a full range of equity strategies that span the risk/return spectrum, including U.S. and non-U.S. large, small and mid-cap equity. BlackRock equity products are distinct in their investment styles, risk tolerances, and return objectives to reflect the different segments of the equity markets. BlackRock equity strategies include both quantitative and fundamental investing. Quantitative strategies employ sophisticated, data-intensive models to drive the investment process. Fundamental investing emphasizes in-depth company and financial research as the basis of the stock selection process. BlackRock believes both quantitative and fundamental strategies can be effective in distinct asset classes and can offer investors specific risk and return advantages.

        Portfolio Managers.     The Trust's portfolio will be managed by a team of professionals led by Dr. H. Erin Xie, PhD, Thomas P. Callan, CFA, and Kyle McClements.

        Dr. H. Erin Xie, Phd, is a Director - Portfolio Manager at the Advisor. Dr. Xie joined BlackRock following the merger with State Street Research and Management Company ("SSRM") on January 31, 2005. Prior to joining BlackRock, she was a Senior Vice President and member of the portfolio management team of the State Street Research Health Sciences Fund since 2001 and became portfolio manager in 2003. Dr. Xie was employed by SSRM beginning in 2001 as an equity analyst covering the healthcare sector. Prior to SSRM, she also served as an associate in pharmaceutical equity research at Sanford Berntein & Company. Dr. Xie received her PhD in Bio-Chemistry from UCLA and a Masters in Business Administration from MIT Sloan School of Management. She spent four years as a post-doctoral research scientist in molecular genetics at Columbia University, College of Physicians and Surgeons. Dr. Xie has authored seven research articles published in leading research journals.

31



        Thomas P. Callan, CFA is a Managing Director - Senior Portfolio Manager at the Advisor. He is the Co-Chair of the BlackRock Equity Investment Strategy Group and the Senior Portfolio Manager/Head of the BlackRock Global Opportunities Team. He is also a member of the BlackRock Managing Directors' Committee and Equity Operating Committee. Prior to joining BlackRock as a member of the global emerging-cap team in 1998, Mr. Callan was with the PNC Asset Management where he began a health care analyst when he joined in 1992. Mr. Callan earned a BA degree in economics, with honors, from Boston College in 1981.

        Kyle McClements joined BlackRock following the merger with SSRM in 2005. Prior to joining BlackRock, Mr. McClements was Vice President of SSRM's Quantitative Strategies Group where one of his responsibilities was implementing different option strategies on various equity accounts since 2004. Prior to joining SSRM, Mr. McClements was a Vice President at Deutsche Asset Management where he was a derivative, program and FX trader. From 1998 to 2001 he was also a portfolio manager for the ProEquity Fund Series.

Investment Management Agreement

        Pursuant to an investment management agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust, the Trust has agreed to pay for the investment advisory services and facilities provided by BlackRock Advisors a fee payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trust's managed assets (the "Management Fee"). Because the Trust has no present intention of borrowing for investment purposes, "managed assets" will generally be equal to the Trust's net assets. However, if the Trust borrows for investment purposes "managed assets" will mean the total assets of the Trust minus the sum of the accrued liabilities (other than the aggregate indebtedness constituting financial leverage). In addition, with the approval of the board of trustees, including a majority of the independent trustees, a pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (other than the provision of services required under the investment management agreement) of all personnel employed by BlackRock Advisors who devote substantial time to Trust operations may be reimbursed, at cost to BlackRock Advisors. BlackRock Advisors currently anticipates that it may be reimbursed for employees that provide pricing, secondary market support and compliance services to the Trust, subject to the approval of the board of trustees including a majority of the independent trustees.

        In addition to the management fee of BlackRock Advisors, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with BlackRock Advisors), custodian, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, fees and expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

32



NET ASSET VALUE

        The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust will be computed based upon the value of the Trust's portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined daily on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business as of the close of the regular trading session on the New York Stock Exchange. The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends) from the total assets of the Trust (the value of the securities plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of outstanding common shares of the Trust.

        The Trust values its investments primarily by using market quotations. Short-term debt investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased and debt investments originally purchased with maturities in excess of 60 days but which currently have maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Any investments and other assets for which such current market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value ("Fair Valued Assets") as determined in good faith under procedures established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Trust's board of trustees. The Advisor will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to a valuation committee. The valuation committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets shall be subsequently reported to and ratified by the Trust's board of trustees.

        Foreign securities, including equity securities from emerging markets, are valued by translating available quotes into U.S. dollar equivalents, if the quotes are considered reliable, and are otherwise valued at fair value. Over-the-counter options are priced on the basis of dealer quotes. Other types of derivatives for which quotes may not be available are valued at fair value.

        When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Advisor will seek to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arms-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the Advisor deems relevant.


DISTRIBUTIONS

        Commencing with the Trust's initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular quarterly cash distributions. We expect to declare the initial quarterly dividend on the Trust's common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial quarterly dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will pay common shareholders annually at least 90% of its investment company taxable income.

        Various factors will affect the level of the Trust's income, such as its asset mix, and the Trust's use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable quarterly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust's net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust's net asset value. Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust's dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See "Dividend Reinvestment Plan."

33



DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

        Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Agent, all dividends declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by The Bank of New York (the "Plan Agent"), agent for shareholders in administering the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the "Plan"), in additional common shares of the Trust. If a registered owner of common shares elects not to participate in the Plan, you will receive all dividends in cash paid by check mailed directly to you (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by The Bank of New York, as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by sending written instructions or by contacting The Bank of New York, as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by contacting the Plan Agent before the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.

        The Plan Agent will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder's common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a "dividend") payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for the participants' accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust ("newly issued common shares") or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market ("open-market purchases") on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere.

        If, on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per common share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per common share (such condition being referred to herein as "market premium"), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued common shares, including fractions, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participant's account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.

        If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the market value per common share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as "market discount"), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

        In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an "ex-dividend" basis or 120 days after the payment date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the "last purchase date"), to invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay quarterly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the date before the "ex-dividend" date of the third month of the quarter. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date. Because of

34



the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued common shares at the net asset value per common share at the close of business on the last purchase date; provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.

        The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders' accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

        In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder's name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

        There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any Federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See "Tax Matters." Participants that request a sale of shares through the Plan Agent are subject to $2.50 sales fee and a brokerage commission of $.15 per share sold.

        The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

        All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at The Bank of New York, Dividend Reinvestment Department, P.O. Box 1958, Newark, New Jersey 07101-9774; telephone: 1-866-216-0242.

35



DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

        The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of January 19, 2005. The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. The Trust currently is not aware of any expenses that will be paid pursuant to this provision, except to the extent fees payable under its Dividend Reinvestment Plan are deemed to be paid pursuant to this provision.

        The Trust has no present intention of offering any additional shares. Any additional offerings of shares will require approval by the Trust's board of trustees. Any additional offering of common shares will be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority of the Trust's outstanding voting securities.

        The Trust's common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "BME." Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of common shares by the amount of the sales load and offering costs paid by the Trust. See "Summary of Trust Expenses."

        Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust that invest predominantly in equity securities have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods have traded at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), dividend stability, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase. See the Statement of Additional Information under "Repurchase of Common Shares."


ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT
AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

        The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of its board of trustees. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The board of trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of trustees. A trustee may be removed from office by the action

36



of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.

        In addition, the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a "Principal Shareholder") refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.

        The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder; the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

        To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the board of the trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders' meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days' prior notice to all shareholders. Following any such conversion, it is possible that certain of the Trust's investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The board of trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust's investment objective and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the board of trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.

        For the purposes of calculating "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" under the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single

37



class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

        The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust may be dissolved only upon the approval of not less than 80% of the Trustees.

        The board of trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the board of trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the full text of these provisions.


CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

        The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at "net asset value." Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage a mutual fund's investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objective, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.

        Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Trust's board of trustees might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Trust's board of trustees will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share. The board of trustees might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.


REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

        Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset value, and the Trust's common shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Trust's common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trust's net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See "Net Asset Value." Although the Trust's common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value.

        There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares' trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the

38



Trust's common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trust's expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any preferred shares outstanding. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded.


TAX MATTERS

        The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this prospectus, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning large positions in the Trust). The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

        The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year for special tax treatment afforded a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). As long as the Trust meets certain requirements that govern the Trust's source of income, diversification of assets and distribution of earnings to shareholders, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders.

        Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its investment company taxable income or from an excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as "ordinary income dividends") are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust's earnings and profits. Such distributions (if designated by the Trust) may qualify (provided holding period and other requirements are met) (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trust's income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations, and (ii) in the case of individual shareholders (effective for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008), as qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at a maximum rate of generally 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. If the Trust's qualified dividend income is less than 95 percent of its gross income, a shareholder of the Trust may include as qualifying dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so designated by the Trust as qualifying dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations ( e.g. , generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualified comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, provided that the dividend is paid in respect of such publicly traded stock). Dividend income from passive foreign investment companies and, in general, dividend income from REITs is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income. Distributions made to you from an excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital losses ("capital gain dividends"), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by the Trust, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time you have owned Trust shares. The maximum tax rate on capital gain dividends received by individuals generally is 15% (5% for individuals in lower brackets) for such gain realized before January 1, 2009. Distributions in excess of the Trust's earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of your shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to you (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). Generally, not later than 60 days after the

39



close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide you with a written notice designating the amount of any qualified dividend income or capital gain dividends and other distributions.

        The sale or other disposition of shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be disallowed if other substantially identical Trust shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain will currently be taxed at a maximum rate of 35% applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

        Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional shares of the Trust. If the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

        The Trust is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on taxable dividends and certain other payments paid to non-corporate holders of the Trust's shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

        Certain dividends designated by the Trust as "interest-related dividends" that are received by most foreign investors (generally those that would qualify for the portfolio interest exemptions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code) in the Trust will be exempt from U.S. withholding tax. Interest-related dividends are those dividends derived from certain interest income (including bank deposit interest and short term original issue discount that is currently exempt from the withholding tax) earned by the Trust that would not be subject to U.S. tax if earned by a foreign person directly. Moreover, certain dividends designated by the Trust as "short-term capital gain dividends" that are received by certain foreign investors (generally those not present in the United States for 183 days or more) will be exempt from U.S. withholding tax. In general, short-term capital gain dividends are those that are derived from the Trust's short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses. These rules relating to "interest-related dividends" and "short-term capitial gain dividends" generally apply, with certain exceptions, to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences to them related to the foregoing.

        The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative and administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its shareholders can be found in the Statement of Additional Information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, local income or other taxes.

40



UNDERWRITING

        Subject to the terms and conditions stated in a purchase agreement dated            , 2005, each underwriter named below, for which Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase, and the Trust has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of common shares set forth opposite the name of such underwriter.

Underwriter

  Number of
Common Shares

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                  Incorporated
   
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.     
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC    
Advest, Inc.     
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc.     
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated    
H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.    
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated    
Fixed Income Securities, L.P.    
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.     
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC    
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.    
PNC Capital Markets, Inc.     
RBC Capital Markets Corporation    
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.     
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated    
   
                      Total    
   

        The purchase agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of the common shares are purchased. In the purchase agreement, the Trust and the Advisor have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute payments the underwriters may be required to make for any of those liabilities.

Commissions and Discounts

        The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the common shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $                  per common share. The sales load the Trust will pay of $1.125 per common share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $                  per common share on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased on or before            , 2005.

41



        The following table shows the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per Share
  Without Option
  With Option
Public offering price   $25.00   $   $
Sales load   $1.125   $   $
Estimated offering expenses   $.05   $   $
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust   $23.825   $   $

        The Trust will pay all of its offering costs (other than sales load) up to and including $.05 per common share. This amount includes the $.0083 per common share reimbursement of expenses to the underwriters and may also include a reimbursement of BlackRock's expenses incurred in connection with this offering. The amount paid by the Trust as the partial reimbursement to the underwriters will not exceed .03335% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay all of the Trust's offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $.05 per common share.

Overallotment Option

        The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to            additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional common shares proportionate to the underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        Until the distribution of the common shares is complete, the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing the common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

        If the underwriters create a short position in the common shares in connection with the offering, i.e. , if they sell more common shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the overallotment option described above. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the common shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such common shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. Purchases of the common shares to stabilize its price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the common shares to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

        Neither the Trust nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common shares. In addition, neither the Trust nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

        The Trust has agreed not to offer or sell any additional common shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the purchase agreement without the prior written consent of the underwriters, except for the sale of the common shares to the underwriters pursuant to the purchase agreement and certain transactions related to the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

42



        The Trust anticipates that the underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or, after they have ceased to be underwriters, dealers in executing the Trust's portfolio transactions. The underwriters are active underwriters of, and dealers in, securities and act as market makers in a number of such securities, and therefore can be expected to engage in portfolio transactions with the Trust.

        Although the Trust currently does not expect to offer preferred shares, if it did, one or more of the underwriters of the common shares may also act as an underwriter of the Trust's preferred shares.

        The common shares will be sold to ensure that the New York Stock Exchange distribution standards ( i.e. , round lots, public shares and aggregate market value) will be met.

Other Relationships

        BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets a fee to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated payable quarterly at the annual rate of .15% of the Trust's managed assets during the continuance of the investment management agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated has agreed to provide, at the request of BlackRock Advisors, certain after-market shareholder support services, including services designed to maintain the visibility of the Trust on an ongoing basis and to provide relevant information, studies or reports regarding the Trust and the closed-end investment company industry and asset management industry. The total amount of these additional compensation payments to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will not exceed            % of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering.

        BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay a commission to certain wholesalers of its broker-dealer affiliate, BlackRock Investments, Inc., that participate in the marketing of the Trust's common shares, which commissions will not exceed    % of the price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. The Trust may reimburse BlackRock for all or a portion of its expenses incurred in connection with the offering (other than those described in the preceding sentence), to the extent that the $.0083 per common share reimbursement of expenses of the underwriters (described above) and the other offering expenses of the Trust do not equal or exceed the $.05 per common share the Trust has agreed to pay for the offering expenses of the Trust.

        The sum of the fees described above, plus the amount paid by the Trust as the $.0083 per common share reimbursement to the underwriters, will not exceed 4.5% of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby. The sum total of all compensation to underwriters in connection with this public offering of common shares, including sales load and additional compensation to and reimbursement of underwriters, will be limited to 9.0% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

        PNC Capital Markets, Inc. and J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc., two of the underwriters, are affiliates of BlackRock Advisors. PNC Capital Markets, Inc. has agreed to transfer 50% of any concessions it earns to its affiliate, BlackRock Investments, Inc.

        The principal address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080.

43



CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

        The Custodian of the assets of the Trust will be The Bank of New York. The Custodian will perform custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Bank of New York will also serve as the Trust's Transfer Agent with respect to the common shares.


LEGAL OPINIONS

        Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York. Clifford Chance US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.


PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST

        The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share information with select other parties.

        Generally, the Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Trust. The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

        The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Trust's investment advisor and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.

44



TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 
  Page
Use of Proceeds   B-2
Investment Objective and Policies   B-2
Investment Policies and Techniques   B-4
Other Investment Policies and Techniques   B-10
Management of the Trust   B-11
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage   B-23
Description of Shares   B-24
Repurchase of Common Shares   B-25
Tax Matters   B-27
Experts   B-31
Additional Information   B-31
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-1
Statement of Assets and Liabilities   F-2
Statement of Operations   F-3
Statement of Changes in Net Assets   F-4
Notes to Financial Statements   F-5
APPENDIX A General Characteristics and Risks of Strategic Transactions   A-1
APPENDIX B Proxy Voting Procedures   B-1

45




        Until                    , 2005 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

           Shares

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust

Common Shares

$25.00 per Share



PROSPECTUS



Merrill Lynch & Co.
A.G. Edwards
Wachovia Securities
Advest, Inc.
BB&T Capital Markets
Robert W. Baird & Co.
H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.
Ferris, Baker Watts
Incorporated
Fixed Income Securities, L.P.
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
Oppenheimer & Co.
PNC Capital Markets, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets
Raymond James
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company
Incorporated

                      , 2005




The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


Subject To Completion
Preliminary Statement Of Additional Information
Dated March 25, 2005


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Trust") is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This Statement of Additional Information relating to common shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated                         , 2005. This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (888) 825-2257. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of Proceeds   B-2
Investment Objective and Policies   B-2
Investment Policies and Techniques   B-4
Other Investment Policies and Techniques   B-10
Management of the Trust   B-11
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage   B-23
Description of Shares   B-24
Repurchase of Common Shares   B-25
Tax Matters   B-27
Experts   B-31
Additional Information   B-31
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-1
Statement of Assets and Liabilities   F-2
Statement of Operations   F-3
Statement of Changes in Net Assets   F-4
Notes to Financial Statements   F-5
APPENDIX A General Characteristics and Risks of Strategic Transactions   A-1
APPENDIX B Proxy Voting Procedures   B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is dated                        , 2005.

B-1



USE OF PROCEEDS

        Pending investment in securities that meet the Trust's investment objective and policies, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in short-term debt securities of the type described under "Investment Policies and Techniques — Short-Term Debt Securities." We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest primarily in securities that meet the Trust's investment objective and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering.


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

        The Trust's investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Trust seeks to achieve this objective by investing primarily in equity securities of companies engaged in the health sciences and related industries and equity derivatives with exposure to the health sciences industry.

Investment Restrictions

        Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and any preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, if any, voting as a separate class:

        When used with respect to particular shares of the Trust, "majority of the outstanding" shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.

        The Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the board of trustees. The Trust may not:

B-2


        In addition, to comply with federal income tax requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company, the Trust's investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trust's total assets are invested (i) in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer or two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (ii) in the securities of one or more "qualified publicly traded partnerships" (as defined under Section 851(h) of the Code) and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the Trust's total assets, no more than 5% of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and no investment represents more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.

        The percentage limitations applicable to the Trust's portfolio described in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information apply only at the time of investment and the Trust will not be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.

B-3



INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

        The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust's investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus.

Short-Term Debt Securities

        For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

B-4


Equity Securities

        While the Trust will primarily invest in common stocks, it may also invest in other equity securities including preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository receipts and equity interests in real estate investment trusts

        Preferred Stock.     Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer's board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

        Convertible Securities.     A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security's investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation's capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument.

        Warrants.     Warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants' expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

B-5



        Depository Receipts.     The Trust may invest in both sponsored and unsponsored American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), European Depository Receipts ("EDRs"), Global Depository Receipts ("GDRs") and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depository receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs present additional investment considerations of non-U.S. securities.

        Real Estate Investment Trusts.     In pursuing its investment strategy, the Trust may invest in shares of REITs. REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investor's capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e. , hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. The market value of REIT shares and the ability of the REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws, and other factors beyond the control of the issuers of the REITs. In addition, distributions received by the Trust from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains, and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Trust's investment strategy results in the Trust investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Trust's dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Trust's portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. Generally, dividends received by the Trust from REIT shares and distributed to the Trust's shareholders will not constitute "qualified dividend income" eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income; therefore, the tax rate applicable to that portion of the dividend income attributable to REIT shares held by the Trust that shareholders of the Trust receive will be taxed at a higher rate than dividends eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

Non-Investment Grade Securities

        The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade such as those rated Ba or below by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or BB or below by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Ba and below by Moody's and Fitch are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principle payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing

B-6



entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities; adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value. The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupons of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity. Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principle and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. The ratings of Moody's, S&P and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principle payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisor also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability for the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust's ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

Strategic Transactions and Risk Management

        Consistent with its investment objective and policies set forth herein, the Trust may also enter into certain risk management transactions. In particular, the Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, exchange listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and other indices and futures contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and may enter into various interest rate transactions (collectively, "Strategic Transactions"). Strategic Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust's portfolio resulting from fluctuations in the securities markets and changes in interest rates, to protect the Trust's unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes and to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities. Any or all of these Strategic Transactions may be used at any time. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another. Use of any Strategic Transaction is a function of market conditions. The ability of the Trust to manage them successfully will depend on the Advisor's ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured. The Strategic Transactions that the Trust may use are described below. Although the Trust recognizes it is not likely that it will use certain of these strategies in light of its investment policies, it nevertheless describes them here because the Trust may seek to use these strategies in certain circumstances.

        Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.     In connection with its Strategic Transactions and other risk management strategies, the Trust may also enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery ("futures contracts") of securities, aggregates of securities or indices or prices thereof, other financial indices and U.S. government debt securities or options on the above. The Trust will engage in such transactions only for bona fide risk management and other portfolio management purposes.

B-7



        Forward Foreign Currency Contracts.     The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Trust may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Trust's exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisor believes that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Trust may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Advisor anticipates that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to offset against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a transaction would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Trust could also enter into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Trust's existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not offset currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency sold does not perform similarly to the currency in which the Trust's existing investments are denominated. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to offset against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Advisor anticipates that there will be a correlation between the two currencies. The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain a position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short term strategy is highly uncertain.

        Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.     In order to enhance income or reduce fluctuations on net asset value, the Trust may sell or purchase call options ("calls") on securities and

B-8



indices based upon the prices of futures contracts and debt or equity securities that are traded on U.S. and non-U.S. securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any time or at a specified time during the option period. All such calls sold by the Trust must be "covered" as long as the call is outstanding ( i.e. , the Trust must own the instrument subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for applicable segregation and coverage requirements). A call sold by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, index or futures contract and may require the Trust to hold an instrument which it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at a fixed price. Calls on futures on securities must also be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.

        Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.     As with calls, the Trust may purchase put options ("puts") that relate to securities (whether or not it holds such securities in its portfolio), indices or futures contracts. For the same purposes, the Trust may also sell puts on securities, indices or futures contracts on such securities if the Trust's contingent obligations on such puts are secured by segregated assets consisting of cash or liquid debt securities having a value not less than the exercise price. The Trust will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 50% of the Trust's total assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its Strategic Transactions and other investment transactions. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.

        Interest Rate Transactions.     Among the Strategic Transactions in which the Trust may enter into are interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. The Trust expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Trust intends to use these transactions for risk management purposes and not as a speculative investment. The Trust will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does not own. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g. , an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.

        The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is offsetting volatility with respect to its assets or liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. Inasmuch as these Strategic Transactions are incurred into for good faith risk management purposes. The Advisor and the Trust believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities, and, accordingly will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will designate on its books and records with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid high grade securities having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. The Trust will not enter into any interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated in the highest rating category of at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction. If there is a default by the other party to such a

B-9



transaction, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.

        Credit Derivatives.     The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index.

        There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Advisor is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Advisor is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being purchased. There is no limit on the amount of credit derivative transactions that may be entered into by the Trust. The Trust's risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust's loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust's loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protects.

        Appendix A contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust's other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (a) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trust's portfolio; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (c) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and (d) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such techniques had not been used.

        Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See "Tax Matters."


OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

        Certain of the Trust's investments may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on disposition or lack an established secondary trading market. The sale of restricted and illiquid securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale.

B-10


When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities

        The Trust may purchase securities on a "when-issued" basis and may purchase or sell securities on a "forward commitment" basis in order to acquire the security or to offset against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid debt securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.

Repurchase Agreements

        As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust's holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisor, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. The Advisor will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Advisor will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.


Management of the Trust

Investment Management Agreement

        Although BlackRock Advisors intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock Advisors are not exclusive and BlackRock Advisors provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

        The investment management agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BlackRock Advisors is not

B-11



liable to the Trust or any of the Trust's shareholders for any act or omission by BlackRock Advisors in the supervision or management of its investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust's shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of BlackRock Advisors, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

        The investment management agreement was approved by the Trust's board of trustees at an in-person meeting of the board of trustees held on February 18, 2005, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act). The investment management agreement provides for the Trust to pay a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trust's net assets.

Information Received by the Board

        In considering the Trust's investment management agreement, the board of trustees received information specifically related to the approval of the investment management agreement, including information regarding: (i) the team of investment advisory personnel assigned to the Trust; (ii) the resources, capabilities and structure of BlackRock Advisors, including its expertise in providing investment supervisory and administrative services for the BlackRock family of closed-end funds and its expertise in providing portfolio management services to registered investment companies with investment objectives similar to those of the Trust; (iii) the Trust's management fee and total operating expenses as compared to a peer group of closed-end funds with similar investment policies and strategies selected by Lipper, Inc. ("Lipper") and as compared to two customized peer groups derived from Lipper data; (iv) BlackRock's profitability with respect to other funds in the BlackRock family of closed-end funds; (v) BlackRock's overall profitability as compared with available industry data; (vi) certain direct and indirect "fallout" benefits to BlackRock from its relationship with the Trust; (vii) BlackRock's charges to institutional clients for similar services, (viii) the potential for economies of scale and (ix) BlackRock's policies and procedures in respect of execution of portfolio transactions. Periodically, the trustees, in connection with their duties as trustees or directors of other funds in the BlackRock family of closed-end funds, have received other information including general information regarding BlackRock Advisors' management of relationships with service providers for such funds and resources devoted to compliance with BlackRock Advisors' and such funds' compliance policies and procedures, including compliance with such funds' investment objectives and polices and other matters.

Matters Considered by the Board

        In considering the investment management agreement, the board of trustees, including the independent trustees, did not identify any factor as all-important or all-controlling and instead considered these factors collectively in light of all of the Trust's surrounding circumstances. Matters considered by the board of trustees, including the independent trustees in approving the investment management agreement included the following:

        Nature and Quality of Investment Advisory Services.     The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, considered the nature and quality of the services to be provided by BlackRock Advisors to the Trust. In this connection, the board reviewed:


and relied on previously supplied information, data and policies with respect to:

B-12


        Nature and Quality of Other Services.     The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, considered the nature, quality, cost and extent of administrative and shareholder services to be performed by BlackRock Advisors under the investment management agreement. The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, also considered the nature and extent of BlackRock Advisors' supervision of third party service providers engaged by other funds in the BlackRock family of closed-end funds.

        Fees and Expenses.     The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, considered the Trust's management fee and expense ratio in comparison to the management fee and expense ratios of a peer group of funds selected by a third-party service provider as well as customized peer group information.

        The peer groups selected for the Trust were two customized peer groups based on Lipper's Sector Equity Fund peer group. The peer group comparison was done within four sub-categories (i) total expenses after fee waivers; (ii) total expenses before fee waivers; (iii) management fee after fee waivers; and (iv) management fee before fee waivers.

        The first customized peer group comparison consisted of the Lipper Sector Equity Fund peer group excluding closed-end funds that invest primarily in real estate investments, which funds BlackRock Advisors believes constitute a separate asset class distinct from sector equity funds. This customized peer group contained 17 closed-end sector equity funds. In this customized peer group comparison when ranked from lowest fee to highest fee, the Trust compared with the peer group within each of the four sub-categories as follows: (i) 5th; (ii) 5th; (iii) 7th; and (iv) 6th.

        The second customized peer group comparison consisted of the first customized peer group ( i.e. , Lipper Sector Equity Funds excluding real estate funds), but was adjusted to recognize the use of financial leverage by certain of the funds in the peer group, which tends to increase the investment advisory fees of such funds as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shareholders. Because the Trust will not employ financial leverage, the Advisor believes that this customized peer group provided the board of trustees with a more accurate comparison of the advisory fees charged for the management of each fund's net assets attributable to common shareholders. In this customized peer group comparison when ranked from lowest fee to highest fee, the Trust compared with the peer group within each of the four sub-categories as follows: (i) 5th; (ii) 5th; (iii) 7th; and (iv) 6th.

        Profitability.     The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, considered the level of BlackRock's profits in respect of the management of the BlackRock closed-end funds. The board considered the potential for economies of scale in connection with BlackRock Advisors' management of the BlackRock closed-end funds. It also considered the profits realized from non-fund businesses which may benefit from or be related to the Trust's business. The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, also considered BlackRock's profit margins in comparison with available industry data.

        Other Benefits.     The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, also considered the benefits to BlackRock associated with BlackRock and its affiliates providing non-advisory services to the Trust, including administrative services. The board of trustees, including the independent trustees, considered the intangible benefits that accrue to BlackRock and its affiliates by virtue of their relationship with the Trust, including potential benefits accruing to BlackRock and its affiliates as a result of potentially stronger relationships with members of the broker-dealer community, increased name recognition of BlackRock and its affiliates , enhanced sales of other investment funds and products sponsored by BlackRock and its affiliates and increased assets under management which may increase the benefits realized by BlackRock from soft dollar arrangements with broker-dealers. The board also considered the unquantifiable nature of these potential benefits.

        Miscellaneous.     During the board of trustees' deliberations in connection with its approval of the management fee, the board of trustees was aware that BlackRock Advisors intended to pay

B-13



compensation, out of its own assets, to the lead underwriter and to certain qualifying underwriters of the Trust's common shares and to employees of BlackRock Advisors and its affiliates that participate in the offering of the Trust's common shares, the anticipated amounts of such compensation and the general nature of the services to be rendered to BlackRock Advisors in consideration of such compensation. The Board considered the scale of BlackRock's equity management operations and the potential for economies of scale in the context of the Trust. The Board also considered the fees charged by BlackRock for institutional accounts pursuing investment policies similar to the Trusts. The Board also considered whether the management fee met applicable standards in light of the services provided by BlackRock Advisors, without regard to whether BlackRock Advisors ultimately pays any portion of the anticipated compensation to the underwriters.

Conclusion

        Based on the information reviewed and discussions held, the board of trustees, including a majority of the independent trustees, approved the investment advisory agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust as in the best interests of shareholders of the Trust.

        The investment management agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of March     , 2005. The investment management agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of twelve months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment management agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The investment management agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by BlackRock Advisors, on 60 days' written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The investment management agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).

Trustees and Officers

        The officers of the Trust manage its day-to-day operations.     The officers are directly responsible to the Trust's board of trustees which sets broad policies for the Trust and chooses its officers. Below is a list of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their present positions and principal occupations during the past five years. Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) are denoted by an asterisk (*). Trustees who are independent trustees (as defined in the Investment Company Act) (the "Independent Trustees") are denoted without an asterisk. The business address of the Trust, BlackRock Advisors and their board members and officers is 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, unless specified otherwise below.

B-14


        The trustees listed below are either trustees or directors of other closed-end funds in which BlackRock Advisors acts as investment advisor.

Name, Address, Age
and Position(S) Held
With Registrant

  Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served

  Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
and Other Affiliations

  Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee or
Nominee for
Trustee

  Other Directorships
Held by Trustee

Independent Trustees:                
Andrew F. Brimmer
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 78
Lead Trustee
Audit Committee Chairman
  3 years (1)(2)   President of Brimmer & Company, Inc., a Washington, D.C.-based economic and financial consulting firm, also Wilmer D. Barrett Professor of Economics, University of Massachusetts — Amherst. Formerly member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Former Chairman, District of Columbia Financial Control Board.   52   Director of CarrAmerica Realty Corporation and Borg-Warner Automotive. Formerly Director of AirBorne Express, BankAmerica Corporation (Bank of America), Bell South Corporation, College Retirement Equities Fund (Trustee), Commodity Exchange, Inc. (Public Governor), Connecticut Mutual Life Insurance Company, E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company, Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States, Gannett Company, Mercedes-Benz of North America, MNC Financial Corporation (American Security Bank), NCM Capital Management, Navistar International Corporation, PHH Corp. and UAL Corporation (United Airlines).

Richard E. Cavanagh
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 58
Trustee
Audit Committee Member

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference Board, Inc., a leading global business research organization, from 1995-present. Former Executive Dean of the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University from 1988-1995. Acting Director, Harvard Center for Business and Government (1991-1993). Formerly Partner (principal) of McKinsey & Company, Inc. (1980-1988). Former Executive Director of Federal Cash Management, White House Office of Management and Budget (1977-1979). Co-author, THE WINNING PERFORMANCE (best selling management book published in 13 national editions).

 

52

 

Trustee: Aircraft Finance Trust (AFT) and Educational Testing Service (ETS). Director, Arch Chemicals, Fremont Group and The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America.

Kent Dixon
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 67
Trustee
Audit Committee Member

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Consultant/Investor. Former President and Chief Executive Officer of Empire Federal Savings Bank of America and Banc PLUS Savings Association, former Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Northeast Savings.

 

52

 

Former Director of ISFA (the owner of INVEST, a national securities brokerage service designed for banks and thrift institutions).
                 

B-15



Frank J. Fabozzi
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 56
Trustee
Audit Committee Member

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Consultant. Editor of THE JOURNAL OF PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT and Frederick Frank Adjunct Professor of Finance at the School of Management at Yale University. Author and editor of several books on fixed income portfolio management. Visiting Professor of Finance and Accounting at the Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology from 1986 to August 1992.

 

52

 

Director, Guardian Mutual Funds Group (18 portfolios).

Kathleen F. Feldstein
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 63
Trustee

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

President of Economic Studies, Inc., a Belmont, MA-based private economic consulting firm, since 1987; Chair, Board of Trustees, McLean Hospital in Belmont, MA.

 

19(3)

 

Director of BellSouth Inc. and Knight Ridder, Inc.; Trustee of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, and of the Committee for Economic Development; Corporation Member, Partners HealthCare and Sherrill House; Member of the Visiting Committee of the Harvard University Art Museums and of the Advisory Board to the International School of Business at Brandeis University.

R. Glenn Hubbard
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 46
Trustee

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Dean of Columbia Business School since July 1, 2004. Columbia faculty member since 1988. Co-director of Columbia Business School's Entrepreneurship Program 1994-1997. Visiting Professor at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University and the Harvard Business School, as well as the University of Chicago. Visiting scholar at the American Enterprise Institute in Washington and member of International Advisory Board of the MBA Program of Ben-Gurion University. Deputy Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Treasury Department for Tax Policy from 1991-1993. Chairman of the U.S. Council of Economic Advisers under the President of the United States 2001-2003.

 

52

 

Director of ADP, Dex Media, KKR Financial Corporation, and Ripplewood Holdings. Member of Board of Directors of Duke Realty. Formerly on the advisory boards of the Congressional Budget Office, the Council on Competitiveness, the American Council on Capital Formation, the Tax Foundation and the Center for Addiction and Substance Abuse. Trustee of Fifth Avenue Presbyterian Church of New York.

James Clayburn La Force, Jr.
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 76
Trustee

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Dean Emeritus of the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, University of California since July 1, 1993. Acting Dean of the School of Business, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology 1990-1993. From 1978 to September 1993, Dean of the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, University of California.

 

52

 

Director of Payden & Rygel Investment Trust, Metzler-Payden Investment Trust, Advisor Series Trust, Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and CancerVax Corporation.
                 

B-16



Interested Trustees:
Robert S. Kapito*
Age: 48
Trustee and President

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. Head of the Portfolio Management Group. Also a member of the Management Committee, the Investment Strategy Group, the Fixed Income and Global Operating Committees and the Equity Investment Strategy Group. Responsible for the portfolio management of the Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and International Equity, Liquidity, and Alternative Investment Groups of BlackRock.

 

52

 

Chairman of the Hope & Heroes Children's Cancer Fund. President of the Board of Directors of Periwinkle National Theatre for Young Audiences. Director of icruise.com, Corp.

Ralph L. Schlosstein*
Age: 53
Trustee and Chairman of the Board

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Director since 1999 and President of BlackRock, Inc. since its formation in 1998 and of BlackRock, Inc.'s predecessor entities since 1988. Member of the Management Committee and Investment Strategy Group of BlackRock, Inc. Formerly, Managing Director of Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Co-head of its Mortgage and Savings Institutions Group. Chairman and President of the BlackRock Liquidity Funds and Director of several of BlackRock's alternative investment vehicles.

 

52

 

Member of the Visiting Board of Overseers of the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University, a member of the board of the Financial Institutions Center of The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, a trustee of the American Museum of Natural History, a trustee of Trinity School in New York City, a member of the Board of Advisors of Marujupu LLC, and a Trustee of New Visions for Public Education and of The Public Theater in New York City. Formerly, a director of Pulte Corporation, the nation's largest homebuilder, a Trustee of Denison University and a member of Fannie Mae's Advisory Council.

Walter F. Mondale (4)
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 77
Trustee

 

3 years (1)(2)

 

Senior Counsel, Dorsey & Whitney LLP, a law firm (January 2004-present); Partner, Dorsey & Whitney LLP (December 1996-December 2003, September 1987-August 1993). Formerly U.S. Ambassador to Japan (1993-1996). Formerly, Vice President of the United States, U.S. Senator and Attorney General of the State of Minnesota. 1984 Democratic Nominee for President of the United States.

 

52

 

Chairman of Panasonic Foundation's Board of Directors and Director of United Health Foundation. Member of the Hubert H. Humphrey Institute of Public Affairs Advisory Board, The Mike and Maureen Mansfield Foundation and the Dean's Board of Visitors of the Medical School at the University of Minnesota.

*
"Interested person" of the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act. Messrs. Kapito and Schlosstein are interested persons due to their employment with the investment advisor.

(1)
After a trustee's initial term, each trustee is expected to serve a three-year term concurrent with the class of trustees for which he serves:


—    Messrs. Cavanagh, La Force and Hubbard as Class I trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust's 2005 annual meeting of shareholders


—    Messrs. Schlosstein, Fabozzi and Mondale, and Ms. Feldstein, as Class II trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust's 2006 annual meeting of shareholders

B-17



—    Messrs. Kapito, Brimmer and Dixon, as Class III trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust's 2007 annual meeting of shareholders

(2)
Each trustee has served in such capacity since the Trust's inception.

(3)
Director/trustee on 19 of the closed-end trusts and an advisory director/trustee on the remaining 33 closed-end trusts.

(4)
Mr. Mondale may be deemed an interested person of one or more of the Trust's principal underwriters because his law firm, Dorsey & Whitney LLP, serves as legal counsel to such principal underwriters. Because Mr. Mondale may be deemed an interested person of certain of the Trust's principal underwriters, he also may be deemed to be an interested person of the Trust during the pendency of any securities offering by the Trust in which such underwriters participate.

OFFICERS:

Name and Age

  Title
  Principal Occupation During the Past
Five Years and Other Affiliations

Anne F. Ackerley
Age: 43
  Vice President   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000. Formerly, First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mergers and Acquisition Group at Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1997 to 2000; First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Public Finance Group at Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1995 to 1997; First Vice President, Emerging Markets Fixed Income Research at Merrill Lynch & Co. prior thereto.

Bartholomew Battista
Age: 46

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of BlackRock, Inc. since 2004. Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of the BlackRock Funds since 2004. Managing Director (since 2003), and Director (2000-2002) of BlackRock, Inc. Compliance Officer at Moore Capital Management from 1995-1998.

Henry Gabbay
Age: 57

 

Treasurer

 

Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. and its predecessor entities.

James Kong
Age: 44

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. and its predecessor entities.

Richard Shea, Esq.
Age: 45

 

Vice President/Tax

 

Managing Director of Black Rock, Inc. since 2000. President of Anthracite Capital, Inc. since 2004. Chief Operating Officer of Anthracite Capital, Inc. since 1998. Chief Financial Officer of Anthracite Capital, Inc. from 1998-2004. Formerly, Director of BlackRock, Inc. and its predecessor entities.

Vincent Tritto, Esq.
Age: 43

 

Secretary

 

Managing Director, Senior Counsel and Assistant Secretary of BlackRock, Inc. (since January 2005) and Director, Senior Counsel and Assistant Secretary (2002-2004) of BlackRock, Inc. Formerly, Executive Director (2000-2002) and Vice President (1998-2000), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Morgan Stanley Asset Management Inc. and officer of various Morgan Stanley-sponsored investment vehicles; Counsel (1998) and Associate (1988-1997), Rogers & Wells LLP, New York, NY; Foreign Associate (1992-1994), Asahi Law Offices/Masuda & Ejiri, Tokyo, Japan.

Brian Kindelan, Esq.
Age: 45

 

Assistant Secretary

 

Managing Director and Senior Counsel (since January 2005), Director and Senior Counsel (2001-2004),and Vice President and Senior Counsel (1998-2000), BlackRock, Inc.; Senior Counsel, PNC Bank Corp. from May 1995 to April 1998; Associate, Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP from March 1990 to May 1995.

B-18



  
Name of Director


 

Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Trust(*)


 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities Overseen by Directors in the Family in all
Registered Investment Companies(*)

Andrew F. Brimmer   $ 0   $10,001-$50,000
Richard E. Cavanagh   $ 0   $50,001-$100,000
Kent Dixon   $ 0   over $100,000
Frank J. Fabozzi   $ 0   $10,001-$50,000
Kathleen F. Feldstein(**)   $ 0   $0
R. Glenn Hubbard   $ 0   $10,001-$50,000
Robert S. Kapito   $ 0   over $100,000
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.   $ 0   over $100,000
Walter F. Mondale   $ 0   $50,001-$100,000
Ralph L. Schlosstein   $ 0   over $100,000

(*)
As of January 26, 2005.

(**)
Ms. Feldstein was appointed to the board of trustees, board of directors or advisory board of each closed-end fund advised by BlackRock Advisors as of January 19, 2005.

        The Trustees do not own shares in the Trust as the Trust has no operating history.

        The fees and expenses of the Independent Trustees of the Trust are paid by the Trust. The trustees who are members of the BlackRock organization receive no compensation from the Trust. It is estimated that the Independent Trustees will receive from the Trust the amounts set forth below for the Trust's calendar year ending December 31, 2005, assuming the Trust will have been in existence for the full calendar year.

Name of Board Member

  Estimated Compensation
from the Trust

  Total Compensation from the
Trust and Fund Complex
Paid to Board Members (1)

Dr. Andrew F. Brimmer   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 290,000 (3)(4)(5)
Richard E. Cavanagh   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 210,000 (4)(5)
Kent Dixon   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 210,000 (4)(5)
Frank J. Fabozzi   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 210,000 (4)(5)
Kathleen F. Feldstein   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 190,000 (4)
R. Glenn Hubbard   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 190,000 (4)
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 190,000 (4)
Walter F. Mondale   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 190,000 (4)

(1)
Estimates the total compensation to be earned by that person during the calendar year end December 31, 2005 from the closed-end funds advised by the Advisor (the "Fund Complex").

(2)
Of these amounts it is anticipated that Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon, Fabozzi, Feldstein, La Force, Hubbard, and Mondale may defer $0, $0, $0, $0, $0, $2,000, $0 and $0, respectively, pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan in the calendar year ended December 31, 2005.

(3)
Dr. Brimmer serves as "lead director" and Governance Committee Chairman for each board of trustees/directors in the Fund Complex. For his services as lead trustee/director, Dr. Brimmer will be compensated in the amount of $50,000 per annum by the Fund Complex.

(4)
Of this amount, Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon, Fabozzi, Feldstein, La Force, Hubbard and Mondale are expected to defer $50,000, $50,000, $50,000, $50,000, $30,000, $190,000, $30,000 and $30,000, respectively, pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan.

(5)
Includes compensation for service on the Audit Committee. Dr. Brimmer receives $30,000 per annum for his service as Chairman of the Audit Committee and the other Trustees on the Audit Committee receive $20,000 per annum for their service on the Audit Committee.

B-19


        Each Independent Trustee will receive an annual fee calculated as follows: (i) $6,000 from each fund/trust in the Fund Complex and (ii) $1,000 for each meeting of each board in the Fund Complex attended by such Independent Trustee. The total annual aggregate compensation for each Independent Trustee is capped at $190,000 per annum, except that Dr. Brimmer will receive an additional $50,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as the lead trustee for each board of trustees/directors in the Fund Complex plus an additional $30,000 per annum for his services as chairman of the Audit Committee. Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon and Fabozzi will receive an additional $20,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for their service on the Audit Committee of the Fund Complex. This additional compensation to Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon and Fabozzi will be allocated among the fund/trusts in the Fund Complex based on their relative net assets. In the event that the $190,000 cap is met with respect to an Independent Trustee, the amount of the Independent Trustee's fee borne by each fund/trust in the Fund Complex is reduced by reference to the net assets of the Trust relative to the other funds/trusts in the Fund Complex. In addition, the attendance fees of each Independent Trustee are reduced proportionately, based on each respective fund's/trust's net assets, so that the aggregate per meeting fee for all meetings of the boards of trustees/directors of the funds/trusts (excluding the per annum Audit Committee fee) held on a single day does not exceed $15,834 for any Independent Trustee. Certain of the above fees paid to the Independent Trustees will be subject to mandatory deferrals pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. The Independent Trustees have agreed that at least $30,000 of their $190,000 base fee will be mandatory deferred pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. Also, members of the Audit Committee of the Fund Complex will be required to defer all of the $20,000 per annum fee they will receive for their services on the Audit Committee pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in common shares of certain other funds/trusts in the Fund Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such other funds/trusts. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund/trust. A fund/trust may, however, elect to invest in common shares of those funds/trusts selected by the Independent Trustee in order to match its deferred compensation obligations.

        The board of trustees of the Trust currently has three committees: an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee and a Governance Committee.

        The Executive Committee consists of Messrs. Schlosstein and Kapito, and acts in accordance with the powers permitted to such a committee under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the By-Laws of the Trust. The Executive Committee, subject to the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and applicable law, acts on behalf of the full board of trustees in the intervals between meetings of the board.

        The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Fabozzi and Dixon. The Audit Committee acts according to the Audit Committee charter. Dr. Brimmer has been appointed as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies of the Trust, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Trust's financial statements and the audit thereof and to act as a liaison between the board of trustees and the Trust's independent accountants. The board of trustees of the Trust has determined that the Trust has two audit committee financial experts serving on its Audit Committee, Dr. Brimmer and Mr. Dixon, both of whom are independent for the purpose of the definition of audit committee financial expert as applicable to the Trust.

        The Governance Committee consists of Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon, Fabozzi, La Force and Hubbard and Ms. Feldstein. The Governance Committee acts in accordance with the Governance Committee charter. Dr. Brimmer has been appointed as Chairman of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee consists of the Independent Trustees and performs those functions enumerated

B-20



in the Governance Committee charter including, but not limited to, making nominations for the appointment or election of Independent Trustees including shareholder nominees, reviewing Independent Trustee compensation, retirement policies and personnel training policies and administrating the provisions of the Code of Ethics applicable to the Independent Trustees.

        The Governance Committee will consider trustee candidates recommended by shareholders. In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board and the qualifications of the candidate. The Governance Committee may also take into consideration the number of shares held by the recommending shareholder and the length of time that such shares have been held. To have a candidate considered by the Governance Committee, a shareholder must submit the recommendation in writing and must include:

        The shareholder recommendation and information described above must be sent to the Corporate Secretary, c/o BlackRock, P.O. Box 4546, New York, New York 10163.

        As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have been held in the current fiscal year, provided that the Governance Committee has acted by written consent to form the Audit Committee which, in turn, met in connection with the organization of the Trust to select the Trust's independent auditor.

        Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of BlackRock Advisors.

Proxy Voting Policies

        The board of trustees of the Trust has delegated the voting of proxies for Trust securities to BlackRock pursuant to BlackRock's proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, BlackRock will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. A copy of BlackRock's proxy voting procedures are attached as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.

Codes of Ethics

        The Trust and the Advisor have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-202-942-8090. The codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Investment Advisor

        BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust's investment advisor and provides administrative services to the Trust. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, which is one of the largest publicly traded investment

B-21



management firms in the United States with approximately $342 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2005. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative investment products, including the BlackRock Funds™ and BlackRock Liquidity Funds™. In addition, BlackRock provides risk management and investment system services to institutional investors under the BlackRock Solutions ® name.

        The BlackRock organization has over 16 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of December 31, 2004, advised a closed-end family of 52 active funds with approximately $15.5 billion in assets. BlackRock has $17 billion in equity assets under management as of December 31, 2004 including $5.4 billion in assets across 16 equity open-end funds and four equity closed-end funds. Clients are served from the company's headquarters in New York City, as well as offices in Boston, Edinburgh, Hong Kong, Morristown, San Francisco, Singapore, Sydney, Tokyo and Wilmington. BlackRock, Inc. is a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. ("PNC"), one of the largest diversified financial services organizations in the United States, and is majority-owned by PNC and by BlackRock employees.

B-22



PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

        The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. The Trust will generally purchase securities on a stock exchange effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. The Trust may also invest in securities that are traded principally in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of such securities usually includes a mark-up to the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of compensation for the manager(s), underwriter(s) and dealer(s). The Trust may also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

        Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Trust (or affiliated persons of such persons) will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act. Commissions paid on such transactions would be commensurate with the rate of commissions paid on similar transactions to brokers that are not so affiliated.

        The Advisor may, consistent with the interests of the Trust, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services it provides to the Trust and the Advisor's other clients. Such research, statistical and/or pricing services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Advisor's investment decision-making process in order for such research, statistical and/or pricing services to be considered by the Advisor in selecting a broker. These research services may include information on securities markets, the economy, individual companies, pricing information, research products and services and such other services as may be permitted from time to time by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor under its contract. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. The advisory fees that the Trust pay to the Advisor will not be reduced as a consequence of the Advisor's receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Trust will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount which cannot be presently determined. Such services generally may be useful and of value to the Advisor in serving one or more of its other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to the Advisor in carrying out its obligations to the Trust. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of the Advisor, the Advisor would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses which would be incurred if it should attempt to develop comparable information through its own staffs. Commission rates for brokerage transactions on foreign stock exchanges are generally fixed.

        One or more of the other investment companies or accounts which the Advisor manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis, usually on a pro rata basis, by the Advisor in its discretion in accordance with the accounts' various investment objectives. Such allocations are based upon the written procedures of the Advisor, which have been reviewed and approved by the board of trustees. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of

B-23



the Trust to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Trust's board of trustees that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Advisor's organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.

        It is not the Trust's policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. It is expected that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Trust will be less than 100%. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Trust costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

        The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.

Preferred Shares

        Although the Trust does not currently intend to issue preferred shares, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust's board of trustees may authorize and issue preferred shares (the "Preferred Shares") with rights as determined by the board of trustees, by action of the board of trustees without the approval of the holders of the common shares. Holders of common shares have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Whenever Preferred Shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the Preferred Shares have been met.

        Liquidation Preference.     In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per Preferred Share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.

        Voting Rights.     The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust at any time two years' dividends on any Preferred Shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the Preferred Shares, and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trust's

B-24



subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. As a result of these voting rights, the Trust's ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any Preferred Shares outstanding. The board of trustees presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.

        The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of Preferred Shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of Preferred Shares. The class vote of holders of Preferred Shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

        Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Trust.     The terms of any Preferred Shares would typically provide that (1) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (2) the Trust may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Trust will reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust will increase that leverage.

        The discussion above describes the possible offering of Preferred Shares by the Trust.     If the board of trustees determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The board of trustees, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of Preferred Shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the Preferred Shares to be offered.

        The Trust may apply for ratings for any Preferred Shares from Moody's, S&P or Fitch.     In order to obtain and maintain the required ratings, the Trust will be required to comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by Moody's and/or S&P. Such guidelines will likely be more restrictive than the restrictions otherwise applicable to the Trust as described in the Trust's prospectus or above in this Statement of Additional Information. The Trust does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Trust's holders of common shares or its ability to achieve its investment objective. The Trust anticipates that any Preferred Shares that it issues would be initially given the highest ratings by Moody's ("Aaa") or by S&P ("AAA"), but no assurance can be given that such ratings will be obtained. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of Preferred Shares by the Trust. Moody's and S&P receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.

Other Shares

        The board of trustees (subject to applicable law and the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of either common shares or Preferred Shares, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the board of trustees see fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares and the Preferred Shares.


REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

        The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trust's common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which

B-25



are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Trust's board of trustees may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The board of trustees may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust's Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (1) all accrued Preferred Shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trust's portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.

        Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Trust's net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Trust's board of trustees would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

        Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the board of trustees at the time it considers such issue, it is the board's present policy, which may be changed by the board of trustees, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Trust's status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trust's income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust), or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (2) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trust's investment objective and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the board's judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The board of trustees may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.

        The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Trust's shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trust's shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end

B-26



investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

        Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Trust's board of trustees would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trust's portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trust's shares should trade at a discount, the board of trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.


TAX MATTERS

        The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the Trust), and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with any specific questions relating to federal, state, local and foreign taxes. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") retroactively or prospectively.

Taxation of the Trust

        The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code (a "RIC"). Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income (including tax-exempt interest) from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income from an interest in a "qualified publicly traded partnership" (the "Gross Income Test"); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust's total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust's total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust's total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs), of any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or the securities of one or more "qualified publicly traded partnership."

        For purposes of the diversification requirements described above, the outstanding voting securities of any issuer include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Moreover, the separate treatment for publicly traded partnerships under the passive activity rules of the Code applies to a RIC holding an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, with respect to items attributable to such interest.

        As a RIC, the Trust generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to shareholders, if it distributes at least 90% of the sum of the Trust's (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than any net long-term capital gain, reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross

B-27



tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income.

        Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year, (ii) 98% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust's fiscal year), and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Trust paid no U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust's taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

        A distribution will be treated as paid during the calendar year if it is paid during the calendar year or declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Trust during January of the following year. Any such distributions paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received on December 31 of the year the distributions are declared, rather than when the distributions are received.

        If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC in any year, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust's shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In such case, distributions generally would be eligible (i) for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders.

The Trust's Investments

        Certain of the Trust's investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur and (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions. The Trust intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.

        If the Trust invests (directly or indirectly through a REIT) in residual interests in REMICs a portion of the Trust's income will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. Excess inclusion income of the Trust generated by a residual interest in a REMIC will be allocated to shareholders of the Trust in proportion to the dividends received by the shareholders of the Trust. Excess inclusion income generally (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses, (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to certain tax exempt investors and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding taxes. In addition, if the shareholders of the Trust include a "disqualified organization" (such as certain governments or governmental agencies) the Trust may be liable for a tax on the excess inclusion income allocable to the disqualified organization.

        Income received by the Trust with respect to non-U.S. securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Due to the makeup of the Trust's investment portfolio, shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or

B-28



deduction with respect to such foreign taxes. However, if the Trust invests more than 50% of its total assets in non-U.S. securities as of year- end, the Trust may elect to have its foreign tax deduction or credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes to be taken by its shareholders instead of on its own tax return. If the Trust so elects, each shareholder shall include in gross income, and also treat as paid by him, his proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Trust. If the Trust makes this election, it will furnish its shareholders with a written notice after the close of the taxable year.

        Investments by the Trust in certain "passive foreign investment companies" ("PFIC") could subject the Trust to U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on certain distributions or dispositions with respect to those investments which cannot be eliminated by making distributions to shareholders. Elections may be available to the Trust to mitigate the effect of this provision provided that the PFIC complies with certain reporting requirements, but the elections generally accelerate the recognition of income without the receipt of cash. Dividends paid by PFICs will not qualify for the reduced tax rates discussed below under "Taxation of Shareholders."

        Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Trust accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Trust actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Taxation of Shareholders

        Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company taxable income, which includes net short-term capital gain, generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust's earnings and profits. Such distributions (if designated by the Trust) may qualify (provided holding period and other requirements are met) (i) for the dividends received deduction available to corporations, but only to the extent that the Trust's income consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations and (ii) in the case of individual shareholders (effective for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008), as qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at a maximum rate of generally 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. The recently enacted Working Families Tax Relief Act of 2004 clarifies that if the Trust's qualified dividend income is less than 95 percent of its gross income, a shareholder of the Trust may only include as qualifying dividend income that portion of the dividends that may be and are so designated by the Trust as qualifying dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations ( e.g. , generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, provided that the dividend is paid in respect of such publicly traded stock). Dividend income from passive foreign investment companies and, in general, dividend income from REITs is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income.

        Distributions of net capital gain designated as capital gain dividends, if any, are taxable to shareholders at rates applicable to long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long the shareholder has held the Trust's shares. Capital gain dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction. The maximum tax rate on net capital gain of individuals generally is 15% (5% for individuals in lower brackets) for such gain realized before January 1, 2009. Distributions in excess of the Trust's earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a holder's shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such holder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). For non-corporate taxpayers, distributions of investment company taxable income (other than qualified dividend income) will currently be taxed at a

B-29



maximum rate of 35%, while net capital gain generally will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. For corporate taxpayers, both investment company taxable income and net capital gain are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%.

        The Trust may retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a tax of 35% of such amount. In that event, the Trust expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom (i) will be required to include in income for tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its shares of the Trust by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such shareholder's gross income.

        Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital loss. There are a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital loss may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital loss are urged to consult their tax advisors.

        The price of shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.

        Upon a sale or exchange of shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon its basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with substantially identical shares within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

        Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Trust shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares.

        Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

        A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a "foreign investor") generally may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends except to the extent otherwise provided below. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of investing in common shares.

        Certain dividends designated by the Trust as "interest-related dividends" that are received by most foreign investors (generally those that would qualify for the portfolio interest exemptions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code) in the Trust will be exempt from U.S. withholding tax. Interest-related dividends are those dividends derived from certain interest income (including bank deposit interest and short term original issue discount that is currently exempt from the withholding tax) earned by the Trust that would not be subject to U.S. tax if earned by a foreign person directly. In addition, certain dividends designated by the Trust as "short-term capital gain dividends" that are received by certain foreign investors (generally those not present in the United States for 183 days or more) will be exempt from U.S. withholding tax. In general, short-term capital gain dividends are those

B-30



that are derived from the Trust's short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses. Furthermore, distributions attributable to gains from U.S. real property interests (including certain U.S. real property holding corporations, which may include certain REITs and certain REIT capital gain dividends) will generally cause a foreign investor to be treated as recognizing such gain as income effectively connected to a trade or business within the United States. Such distributions may be subject to U.S. withholding tax and may give rise to an obligation on the part of the foreign investor to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Also, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a foreign investor that is a corporation. These rules generally apply, with certain exceptions, to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences to them related to the foregoing.

        The Trust may be required to withhold federal income tax on all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against such shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

         THE FOREGOING IS A GENERAL AND ABBREVIATED SUMMARY OF THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CODE AND TREASURY REGULATIONS PRESENTLY IN EFFECT. FOR THE COMPLETE PROVISIONS, REFERENCE SHOULD BE MADE TO THE PERTINENT CODE SECTIONS AND THE TREASURY REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. THE CODE AND THE U.S. TREASURY REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY LEGISLATIVE, JUDICIAL OR ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION, EITHER PROSPECTIVELY OR RETROACTIVELY. PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN COMMON SHARES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES.


EXPERTS

        The Statement of Assets and Liabilities of the Trust as of March 10, 2005 appearing in this Statement of Additional Information and related Statements of Operations and Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Deloitte & Touche LLP, located at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, provides accounting and auditing services to the Trust.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares offered hereby, has been filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), Washington, D.C. The prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Trust and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the Commission.

B-31



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Trustees and Shareholders of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust:

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Trust") as of March 10, 2005 and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets for the period from January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Trust's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Trust is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Trust's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust as of March 10, 2005, and the results of its operations and the changes in its net assets for the period from January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 16, 2005

F-1



BlackRock Health Sciences Trust

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

March 10, 2005

ASSETS:        
Cash   $ 115,006  
LIABILITIES:        
Payable for organization costs     15,000  
   
 
Net Assets   $ 100,006  
   
 
Composition of Net Assets:        
  Common stock at par (Note 1)   $ 5  
  Paid-in capital in excess of par     115,001  
  Accumulated net investment loss     (15,000 )
   
 
Net assets, March 10, 2005   $ 100,006  
   
 

Net asset value per common share:

 

 

 

 
Equivalent to 4,817 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, par value $0.001, unlimited shares authorized   $ 20.76  
   
 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-2



Blackrock Health Sciences Trust

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the period January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005


Investment Income

 

$


 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

Organization expenses

 

 

15,000

 
   
 

Net investment loss

 

$

(15,000

)
   
 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-3



BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

For the period January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005


INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Operations:

 

 

 

 

Net investment loss

 

$

(15,000

)
   
 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

 

 

(15,000

)
   
 

Capital Share Transactions

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from the issuance of common shares

 

 

115,006

 
   
 

Total increase

 

 

100,006

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

 


 
   
 

End of period (including accumulated net investment loss of $15,000)

 

$

100,006

 
   
 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-4



BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1.    Organization

        BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Trust") was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on January 19, 2005, and is registered as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust had no operations other than a sale to BlackRock Funding, Inc. of 4,817 shares of common stock for $115,006 ($23.875 per share).

        Investment Valuation:     The Trust values its investments primarily by using market quotations. Short-term debt investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased and debt investments originally purchased with maturities in excess of 60 days but which currently have maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Any investments and other assets for which such current market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value ("Fair Valued Assets") as determined in good faith under procedures established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Trust's Board of Trustees. The investment advisor and/or sub-advisor will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Valued Assets to a valuation committee. The valuation committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. The pricing of all Fair Valued Assets shall be subsequently reported to and ratified by the Board of Trustees.

        When determining the price for a Fair Valued Asset, the investment advisor and/or sub-advisor shall seek to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arms-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that BlackRock Advisors deems relevant.

        Foreign securities and equity securities from emerging markets are valued by translating available quotes into U.S. dollar equivalents, if the quotes are considered reliable and are otherwise valued at fair value. Over-the-counter options are priced on the basis of dealer quotes. Other types of derivatives for which quotes may not be available are valued at fair value.

        Estimates:     The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

        Federal Income Taxes:     It is the Trust's intention to elect to and be treated as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code and to distribute sufficient amounts of its taxable income to shareholders. Therefore, no Federal income tax provision is required.

Note 2.    Agreements

        The Trust has entered into an Investment Management Agreement with BlackRock Advisors, Inc. a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. The Trust will pay BlackRock Advisors, Inc. a monthly fee (the "Investment Management Fee") in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets. "Managed Assets" means the total assets of the Trust minus the sum of accrued liabilities (other than debt representing financial leverage). The Investment Management Fee covers both investment advisory and administration services.

F-5



Note 3.    Organization Expenses and Offering Costs

        Organization expenses of $15,000 incurred by the Trust have been expensed. Offering costs, estimated to be approximately $725,000, limited to $0.05 per share, will be charged to paid-in capital at the time common shares are sold.

F-6



APPENDIX A

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS
OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS

        In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to enhance income or gain as described in the prospectus, the Trust will engage in Strategic Transactions. The Trust will engage in such activities in the Advisor's discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates that could affect the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trust's ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the CFTC. Certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income.

Put and Call Options on Securities and Indices

        The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on securities and indices. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the writer the obligation to buy the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on securities indices ("index options"). Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option. The purchase of a put option on a security could protect the Trust's holdings in a security or a number of securities against a substantial decline in the market value. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior to a fixed date. The purchase of a call option on a security could protect the Trust against an increase in the price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any related commissions. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial offset, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a secured put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline be low the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange-listed options and over-the-counter options ("OTC Options") which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC") which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.

        The Trust's ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on

A-1



that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. As the Trust must rely on the credit quality of the counterparty rather than the guarantee of the OCC, it will only enter into OTC Options with counterparties with the highest long-term credit ratings, and with primary United States government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

        The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.

Futures Contracts and Related Options

        Characteristics.     The Trust may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures as an offset against anticipated market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).

        Margin Requirements.     At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of "variation margin" may be required, a process known as "marking to the market." Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.

        Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures.     The Trust's use of futures and options on futures will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. The Trust currently may enter into such transactions without limit for bona fide strategic purposes, including risk management and duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Trust may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options for non-strategic purposes to enhance income or gain provided that the Trust will not enter into a futures contract or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes other than bona fide strategic purposes, or risk management including duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of its initial deposits and premiums on open contracts and options would exceed 5% of the Trust's liquidation value, i.e. , net assets (taken at current value); provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trust's board of trustees at any time. Also, when required, an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis in an amount equal to the market value of the contract.

A-2



        Segregation and Cover Requirements.     Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid high grade debt obligations in an amount at least equal to the Trust's obligations with respect to such instruments.

        Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease.     The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.

        Strategic Transactions Present Certain Risks.     With respect to Strategic Transactions and risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of strategic instruments and price movements in the position being offset create the possibility that losses using the strategy may be greater than gains in the value of the Trust's position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments predominantly for Strategic Transactions should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Trust to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will depend on the Advisor's ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has sold create an on going greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic Transactions will reduce net asset value.

        Regulatory Considerations.     The Trust has claimed an exclusion from the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

A-3



APPENDIX B

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

PROXY VOTING POLICY

For

BlackRock Advisors, Inc.
and Its Affiliated Registered Investment Advisors

Introduction

        This Proxy Voting Policy ("Policy") for BlackRock Advisors, Inc. and its affiliated registered investment advisors ("BlackRock") reflects our duty as a fiduciary under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act") to vote proxies in the best interests of our clients. In addition, the Department of Labor views the fiduciary act of managing ERISA plan assets to include the voting of proxies. Proxy voting decisions must be made solely in the best interests of the pension plan's participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has interpreted this requirement as prohibiting a fiduciary from subordinating the retirement income interests of participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives. The guidelines in this Policy have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary responsibilities.

        Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by an advisory client or its designated agent in writing will supercede the specific guidelines in this Policy. BlackRock will disclose to our advisory clients information about this Policy as well as disclose to our clients how they may obtain information on how we voted their proxies. Additionally, BlackRock will maintain proxy voting records for our advisory clients consistent with the Advisers Act. For those of our clients that are registered investment companies, BlackRock will disclose this Policy to the shareholders of such funds and make filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make available to fund shareholders the specific proxy votes that we cast in shareholder meetings of issuers of portfolio securities in accordance with the rules and regulations under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

        Registered investment companies that are advised by BlackRock as well as certain of our advisory clients may participate in securities lending programs, which may reduce or eliminate the amount of shares eligible for voting by BlackRock in accordance with this Policy if such shares are out on loan and cannot be recalled in time for the vote.

        Implicit in the initial decision to retain or invest in the security of a corporation is approval of its existing corporate ownership structure, its management, and its operations. Accordingly, proxy proposals that would change the existing status of a corporation will be reviewed carefully and supported only when it seems clear that the proposed changes are likely to benefit the corporation and its shareholders. Notwithstanding this favorable predisposition, management will be assessed on an ongoing basis both in terms of its business capability and its dedication to the shareholders to ensure that our continued confidence remains warranted. If it is determined that management is acting on its own behalf instead of for the well being of the corporation, we will vote to support shareholder proposals, unless other mitigating circumstances are present.

        Additionally, situations may arise that involve an actual or perceived conflict of interest. For example, we may manage assets of a pension plan of a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or a BlackRock employee involved with managing an account may have a close relative who serves as a director or executive of a company that is soliciting proxies regarding securities held in such account. In all cases, the manner in which we vote proxies must be based on our clients' best interests and not the product of a conflict.

B-1



        This Policy and its attendant recommendations attempt to generalize a complex subject. It should be clearly understood that specific fact situations, including differing voting practices in jurisdictions outside the United States, might warrant departure from these guidelines. In such instances, the relevant facts will be considered, and if a vote contrary to these guidelines is indicated it will be cast and the reasons therefor recorded in writing.

        Section I of the Policy describes proxy proposals that may be characterized as routine and lists examples of the types of proposals we would typically support. Section II of the Policy describes various types of non-routine proposals and provides general voting guidelines. These non-routine proposals are categorized as those involving:

        A.    Social Issues,

        B.    Financial/Corporate Issues, and

        C.    Shareholder Rights.

        Finally, Section III of the Policy describes the procedures to be followed in casting a vote pursuant to these guidelines.


SECTION I

ROUTINE MATTERS

        Routine proxy proposals, amendments, or resolutions are typically proposed by management and meet the following criteria:

        1.     They do not measurably change the structure, management control, or operation of the corporation.

        3.     They are consistent with industry standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation.


Voting Recommendation

        BlackRock will normally support the following routine proposals:

        1.     To increase authorized common shares.

        2.     To increase authorized preferred shares as long as there are not disproportionate voting rights per preferred share.

        3.     To elect or re-elect directors.

        4.     To appoint or elect auditors.

        5.     To approve indemnification of directors and limitation of directors' liability.

        6.     To establish compensation levels.

        7.     To establish employee stock purchase or ownership plans.

        8.     To set time and location of annual meeting.

B-2



SECTION II

NON-ROUTINE PROPOSALS

        D.    Social Issues

        Proposals in this category involve issues of social conscience. They are typically proposed by shareholders who believe that the corporation's internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided.


Voting Recommendation

        If we have determined that management is generally socially responsible, we will generally vote against the following shareholder proposals:

        1.     To enforce restrictive energy policies.

        2.     To place arbitrary restrictions on military contracting.

        3.     To bar or place arbitrary restrictions on trade with other countries.

        4.     To restrict the marketing of controversial products.

        5.     To limit corporate political activities.

        6.     To bar or restrict charitable contributions.

        7.     To enforce a general policy regarding human rights based on arbitrary parameters.

        8.     To enforce a general policy regarding employment practices based on arbitrary parameters.

        9.     To enforce a general policy regarding animal rights based on arbitrary parameters.

        10.   To place arbitrary restrictions on environmental practices.

        E.    Financial/Corporate Issues

        Proposals in this category are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation's legal, business or financial structure.


Voting Recommendation

        We will generally vote in favor of the following management proposals provided the position of current shareholders is preserved or enhanced:

        1.     To change the state of incorporation.

        2.     To approve mergers, acquisitions or dissolution.

        3.     To institute indenture changes.

        4.     To change capitalization.

        F.     Shareholder Rights

        Proposals in this category are made regularly both by management and shareholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or shareholder voting power.

        We typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeover offers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, we believe stability and continuity promote profitability. The guidelines in this area seek to find a middle road, and they are no more than guidelines. Individual proposals may have to be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.

B-3




Voting Recommendation

        We will generally vote for the following management proposals:

        1.     To require majority approval of shareholders in acquisitions of a controlling share in the corporation.

        2.     To institute staggered board of directors.

        3.     To require shareholder approval of not more than 66 2 / 3 % for a proposed amendment to the corporation's by-laws.

        4.     To eliminate cumulative voting.

        5.     To adopt anti-greenmail charter or by-law amendments or to otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

        6.     To create a dividend reinvestment program.

        7.     To eliminate preemptive rights.

        8.     To eliminate any other plan or procedure designed primarily to discourage a takeover or other similar action (commonly known as a "poison pill").

        We will generally vote against the following management proposals:

        9.     To require greater than 66 2 / 3 % shareholder approval for a proposed amendment to the corporation's by-laws ("super-majority provisions").

        10.   To require that an arbitrary fair price be offered to all shareholders that is derived from a fixed formula ("fair price amendments").

        11.   To authorize a new class of common stock or preferred stock which may have more votes per share than the existing common stock.

        12.   To prohibit replacement of existing members of the board of directors.

        13.   To eliminate shareholder action by written consent without a shareholder meeting.

        14.   To allow only the board of directors to call a shareholder meeting or to propose amendments to the articles of incorporation.

        15.   To implement any other action or procedure designed primarily to discourage a takeover or other similar action (commonly known as a "poison pill").

        16.   To limit the ability of shareholders to nominate directors.

        We will generally vote for the following shareholder proposals:

        17.   To rescind share purchases rights or require that they be submitted for shareholder approval, but only if the vote required for approval is not more than 66 2 / 3 %.

        18.   To opt out of state anti-takeover laws deemed to be detrimental to the shareholder.

        19.   To change the state of incorporation for companies operating under the umbrella of anti-shareholder state corporation laws if another state is chosen with favorable laws in this and other areas.

        20.   To eliminate any other plan or procedure designed primarily to discourage a takeover or other similar action.

B-4



        21.   To permit shareholders to participate in formulating management's proxy and the opportunity to discuss and evaluate management's director nominees, and/or to nominate shareholder nominees to the board.

        22.   To require that the board's audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be comprised exclusively of independent directors.

        23.   To adopt anti-greenmail charter or by-law amendments or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

        24.   To create a dividend reinvestment program.

        25.   To recommend that votes to "abstain" not be considered votes "cast" at an annual meeting or special meeting, unless required by state law.

        26.   To require that "golden parachutes" be submitted for shareholder ratification.

        We will generally vote against the following shareholder proposals:

        27.   To restore preemptive rights.

        28.   To restore cumulative voting.

        29.   To require annual election of directors or to specify tenure.

        30.   To eliminate a staggered board of directors.

        31.   To require confidential voting.

        32.   To require directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

        33.   To dock director pay for failing to attend board meetings.


SECTION III

VOTING PROCESS

        BlackRock has engaged a third-party service provider to assist us in the voting of proxies. These guidelines have been provided to this service provider, who then analyzes all proxy solicitations we receive for our clients and makes recommendations to us as to how, based upon our guidelines, the relevant votes should be cast. These recommendations are set out in a report that is provided to the relevant Portfolio Management Group team, who must approve the proxy vote in writing and return such written approval to the Operations Group. If any authorized member of a Portfolio Management Group team desires to vote in a manner that differs from the recommendations, the reason for such differing vote shall be noted in the written approval form. A copy of the written approval form is attached as an exhibit. The head of each relevant Portfolio Management Group team is responsible for making sure that proxies are voted in a timely manner. The Brokerage Allocation Committee shall receive regular reports of all p IF THERE IS ANY POSSIBILITY THAT THE VOTE MAY INVOLVE A MATERIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST BECAUSE, FOR EXAMPLE, THE ISSUER SOLICITING THE VOTE IS A BLACKROCK CLIENT OR THE MATTER BEING VOTED ON INVOLVES BLACKROCK, PNC OR ANY AFFILIATE (INCLUDING A PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT GROUP EMPLOYEE) OF EITHER OF THEM, PRIOR TO APPROVING SUCH VOTE, THE BROKERAGE ALLOCATION COMMITTEE MUST BE CONSULTED AND THE MATTER DISCUSSED. The Committee, in consultation with the Legal and Compliance Department, shall determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the importance of the proxy issue, whether the Portfolio Management Group team is proposing a vote that differs from recommendations

B-5



made by our third-party service provider with respect to the issue and the nature of the conflict, so as to ensure that the voting of the proxy is not affected by the potential conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material With respect to votes in connection with securities held on a particular record date but sold from a client account prior to the holding of the related meeting, BlackRock may take no action on proposals to be voted on in such meeting. With respect to voting proxies of non-U.S. companies, a number of logistical problems may arise that may have a detrimental effect on BlackRock's ability to vote such proxies in the best interests of our clients. These problems include, but are not limited to, (i) untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings, (ii) restrictions on the ability of holders outside the issuer's jurisdiction of organization to exercise votes, (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person, if not practicable, (iv) the imposition of restrictions on the sale of the securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting, and (v) impracticable or inappropriate requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions. Accordingly, BlackRock may determine not to vote proxies if it believes that the restrictions or other detriments associated with such vote outweigh the benefits that will be derived by voting on the company's proposal.

* * * * *

        Any questions regarding this Policy may be directed to the General Counsel of BlackRock.

Approved: October 2004

B-6



PART C

Other Information

Item 24. Financial Statements And Exhibits

Financial Statements

EXHIBITS

(a)   Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust.(2)
(b)   Amended and Restated By-Laws.(2)
(c)   Inapplicable.
(d)   Form of Specimen Certificate.(1)
(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan.(1)
(f)   Inapplicable.
(g)   Form of Investment Management Agreement.(1)
(h)   Form of Purchase Agreement.(1)
(i)   Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Trusts Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan.(1)
(j)(1)   Form of Custody Agreement.(1)
(j)(2)   Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement.(1)
(k)(1)   Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement.(1)
(k)(2)   Form of Fund Accounting Agreement.(1)
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust.(1)
(m)   Inapplicable.
(n)   Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.(1)
(o)   Inapplicable.
(p)   Initial Subscription Agreement.(1)
(q)   Inapplicable.
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of Trust.(1)
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of the Advisor.(1)
(r)(3)   Code of Ethics of The PNC Financial Services Group.(1)
(s)   Power of Attorney.(2)

(1)
Filed herewith.

(2)
Previously filed.

Item 25. Marketing Arrangements

        Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant's shares of beneficial interest to be filed by amendment to this registration statement.

C-1



Item 26. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

        The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:

Registration fee   $ 24,129
NYSE listing fee   $ 30,000
Printing (other than certificates)   $ 405,000
Engraving and printing certificates   $ 14,407
Accounting fees and expenses related to the offering   $ 15,000
Legal fees and expenses related to the offering   $ 210,000
NASD fee   $ 21,000
Miscellaneous ( i.e. Travel) related to the offering   $ 250,000
   
  Total   $ 969,536
   

Item 27. Persons Controlled By Or under Common Control With The Registrant

        None.

Item 28. Number Of Holders Of Shares

        As of March 24, 2005

Title Of Class

  Number Of
Record Holders

Shares of Beneficial Interest   1

Item 29. Indemnification

        Article V of the Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

C-2


C-3


Item 30. Business And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor

        Not Applicable

C-4



Item 31. Location Of Accounts And Records

        The Registrant's accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, Inc., 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 and at the offices of the Registrant's Sub-Advisor, Custodian and Transfer Agent.

Item 32. Management Services

        Not Applicable

Item 33. Undertakings

        (1)   The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its units until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

        (2)   Not applicable

        (3)   Not applicable

        (4)   Not applicable

        (5)(a)    For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497 (h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (b)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (6)   The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

C-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 25th day of March 2005.

  /s/   ROBERT S. KAPITO       
Robert S. Kapito
President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 25th day of March 2005.

Name
  Title

 

 

 
/s/   ROBERT S. KAPITO       
Robert S. Kapito
  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/  
HENRY GABBAY       
Henry Gabbay

 

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer

*

Andrew F. Brimmer

 

Trustee

*

Richard E. Cavanagh

 

Trustee

*

Kent Dixon

 

Trustee

*

Frank J. Fabozzi

 

Trustee

*

Kathleen F. Feldstein

 

Trustee

*

R. Glenn Hubbard

 

Trustee

*

James Clayburn La Force, Jr.

 

Trustee

*

Walter F. Mondale

 

Trustee

*

Ralph L. Schlosstein

 

Trustee

*By:

 

/s/  
ROBERT S. KAPITO       
Robert S. Kapito
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 


INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Ex. 99(d)

 

Form of Specimen Certificate.

 

 

Ex. 99(e)

 

Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

 

Ex. 99(g)

 

Form of Investment Management Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(h)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(i)

 

Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Trusts Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

 

Ex. 99(j)(1)

 

Form of Custody Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(j)(2)

 

Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(k)(1)

 

Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(k)(2)

 

Form of Fund Accounting Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(l)

 

Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust.

 

 

Ex. 99(n)

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.

 

 

Ex. 99(p)

 

Initial Subscription Agreement.

 

 

Ex. 99(r)(1)

 

Code of Ethics of Trust.

 

 

Ex. 99(r)(2)

 

Code of Ethics of the Advisor.

 

 

Ex. 99(r)(3)

 

Code of Ethics of The PNC Financial Services Group.

 

 



QuickLinks

BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST CROSS REFERENCE SHEET Part A — Prospectus
Part B — Statement of Additional Information
Part C — Other Information
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
THE TRUST
USE OF PROCEEDS
THE TRUST'S INVESTMENTS
RISKS
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
NET ASSET VALUE
DISTRIBUTIONS
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
TAX MATTERS
UNDERWRITING
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
LEGAL OPINIONS
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Subject To Completion Preliminary Statement Of Additional Information Dated March 25, 2005
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
Management of the Trust
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
TAX MATTERS
EXPERTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
BlackRock Health Sciences Trust STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES March 10, 2005
Blackrock Health Sciences Trust STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS For the period January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005
BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS For the period January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005
BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST
APPENDIX A GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
APPENDIX B PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES PROXY VOTING POLICY For BlackRock Advisors, Inc. and Its Affiliated Registered Investment Advisors
SECTION I ROUTINE MATTERS
Voting Recommendation
SECTION II NON-ROUTINE PROPOSALS
Voting Recommendation
Voting Recommendation
Voting Recommendation
SECTION III VOTING PROCESS
PART C Other Information
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit 99(d)

    COMMON SHARES
OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
  Shares

Number

 

PAR VALUE $.001

 

 

 

 

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

 

 

 

The Shares represented by this certificate may not be owned or transferred, directly or indirectly, by or to (I) the United States, or any state or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government, any international organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, (II) any organization (other than a farmer's cooperative described in § 521 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1988, as amended (the "Code")) that is exempt from the tax imposed by 28 U.S.C. §§ 1-1399 and not subject to the tax imposed by 28 U.S.C. § 511; or (III) any rural electric or telephone cooperative described in § 1381(A)(2)(C) of the Code.

 

THIS CERTIFICATE
IS TRANSFERABLE IN
NEW YORK CITY
    
CUSIP [                        ]
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

        FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, transferable on the books of the Trust by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Trust, as amended from time to time, to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

         Witness the facsimile signatures of the duly authorized officers of the Trust.

DATED:

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
        THE BANK OF NEW YORK

BY

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE                SECRETARY                PRESIDENT

        The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM     as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT —     
Custodian     
TEN ENT     as tenants by the entireties     (Cust)   (Minor)
JT TEN     as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   Act     
(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received       
  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

    

    

(NAME AND ADDRESS OF TRANSFEREE SHOULD BE PRINTED OR TYPEWRITTEN)

    


    


 

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest represented by the
within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

    


 

Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the
within-named Trust, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated

    


 

 

 

 

 

 

X

    


 

 

 

X

    


 

 

 

NOTICE:    

THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed

By       
   
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.    

2




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(e)

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
(for perpetual Trusts)

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Pursuant to this Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the "Plan") of the undersigned BlackRock Closed-End Trust (the "Trust"), unless a holder (a "Shareholder") of the Trust's common shares of beneficial interest (the "Common Shares") otherwise elects, all dividends and distributions on such Shareholder's Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by The Bank of New York ("BNY"), as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the "Plan Agent"), in additional Common Shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by BNY as the Dividend Disbursing Agent. Participants may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends and distributions in cash by sending written instructions to BNY, as the Dividend Disbursing Agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by the Plan Agent not less than ten days prior to any dividend or distribution payment date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or distribution.

        The Plan Agent will open an account for each Shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such Shareholder's Common Shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or a distribution (collectively referred to as "dividends") payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for the participants' accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the respective Trust ("newly issued Common Shares") or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market ("open-market purchases") on the New York Stock Exchange, the primary national securities exchange on which the common shares are traded, or elsewhere.

        If, on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per Common Share (such condition being referred to herein as "market premium"), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares, including fractions, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant's account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

        If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the market value per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as "market discount"), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

        In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an "ex-dividend" basis or in no event more than 30 days after the dividend payment date (the "last purchase date"), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay quarterly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the date before the next "ex-dividend" date but in no event can be more than 30 days. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the



Plan Agent may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued Common Shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the last purchase date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

        The Plan Agent will maintain all Shareholders' accounts in the Plan and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant.

        In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

        There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends or capital gains distributions payable either in Common Shares or in cash. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the Plan Agent's open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends.

        For the avoidance of doubt, no Common Shares will be issued under the Plan at a price less than net asset value or under any circumstance that may violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rules issued thereunder.

VOTING

        Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

TAXATION

        The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends.

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

        The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Trust. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Notice will be sent to Plan participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by the Trust.

INQUIRIES REGARDING THE PLAN

        All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286.

APPLICABLE LAW

        These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

2



EXECUTION

        To record the adoption of the Plan as of February 18, 2005, the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of each Trust by a duly authorized officer.

    By and on behalf of
BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

 

 


    By: Anne F. Ackerley
Title: Vice President

3




QuickLinks

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN (for perpetual Trusts)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(g)


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

        AGREEMENT, dated March 10, 2005, between BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Trust"), a Delaware statutory trust, and BlackRock Advisors, Inc. (the "Advisor"), a Delaware corporation.

        WHEREAS, Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act");

        WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

        1.     In General.     The Advisor agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment advisor to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust's assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.

        2.     Duties and Obligations of the Advisor with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Trust.     Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust's Board of Trustees, the Advisor shall (i) act as investment advisor for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust's assets and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust; and (iv) provide investment research to the Trust.

        3.     Duties and Obligations of Advisor with Respect to the Administration of the Trust.     The Advisor also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust's Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent requested by the Trust, the Advisor agrees to provide the following administrative services:


        All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Advisor or its affiliates as the Advisor deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder.

        The Trust will reimburse the Advisor or its affiliates for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.

2



        4.     Covenants.     (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and

        5.     Services Not Exclusive.     Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its

3


or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

        6.     Books and Records.     In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust's request. The Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

        7.     Agency Cross Transactions.     From time to time, the Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an "Account") securities which the Advisor's investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client's consent. This is because in a situation where the Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Advisor's part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which permits the Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Advisor.

        8.     Expenses.     During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisor; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Advisor of the pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Advisor who devote substantial time to Trust operations or the operations of other investment companies advised by the Advisor.

        9.     Compensation of the Advisor.     (a) The Trust agrees to pay to the Advisor and the Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Advisor as such, a monthly fee (the "Investment Advisory Fee") in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets. "Managed Assets" means the total assets of the Trust minus the sum of the accrued liabilities (other than the aggregate indebtedness constituting financial leverage). For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

        10.     Indemnity.     (a) The Trust may, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, indemnify the Advisor, and each of the Advisor's directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Advisor's request as director, officer, partner, member,

4


trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an "Indemnitee") against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee's action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee's position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as "disabling conduct"), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee's action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust.

5


        The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.

        11.     Limitation on Liability.     (a) The Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

        12.     Duration and Termination.     This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust's Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Advisor 60 days' notice (which notice may be waived by the Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Advisor on 60 days' written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms "majority of the outstanding voting securities," "interested person" and "assignment" shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

        13.     Notices.     Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

        14.     Amendment of this Agreement.     No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

        15.     Governing Law.     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

        16.     Use of the Name BlackRock.     The Advisor has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word "BlackRock" in the name of the Trust. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Advisor as the investment advisor to the Trust. The name or identifying word "BlackRock" may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Advisor and any of its affiliates. The Advisor may require the Trust to cease using "BlackRock" in the

6



name of the Trust if the Trust ceases to employ, for any reason, the Advisor, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment advisor of the Trust.

        17.     Miscellaneous.     The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

        18.     Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.

    BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

 

 

By:

 

    

Name:  Anne F. Ackerley
Title:    
Vice President

 

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

    

Name:  Henry Gabbay
Title:    
Managing Director

7




QuickLinks

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(h)

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust
(a Delaware statutory trust)

[            ] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
(Par Value $.001 Per Share)


PURCHASE AGREEMENT

March 28, 2005

Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                             Incorporated
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
Advest, Inc.
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc.
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
Fixed Income Securities, L.P.
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
PNC Capital Markets, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
x
c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                             Incorporated
4 World Financial Center
New York, New York 10080

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust"), and the Trust's investment adviser, BlackRock Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Investment Adviser"), each confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. ("AGE"), Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Advest, Inc., BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc., Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc., Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, Fixed Income Securities, L.P., J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., PNC Capital Markets, Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation, Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the "Underwriters", which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch, AGE, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Advest, Inc., BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc., Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc., Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, Fixed Income Securities, L.P., J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., PNC Capital Markets, Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation, Raymond James & Associates, Inc., and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the "Representatives"), with respect to the issue and sale by the Trust and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective number of common



shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share, of the Trust ("Common Shares") set forth in said Schedule A , and with respect to the grant by the Trust to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [            ] additional Common Shares to cover overallotments, if any. The aforesaid [            ] Common Shares (the "Initial Securities") to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [            ] Common Shares subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the "Option Securities") are hereinafter called, collectively, the "Securities."

        The Trust understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

        The Trust has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-122225 and No. 811-21702) covering the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, and a notification on Form N-8A of registration of the Trust as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (the "Rules and Regulations"). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Trust will either (i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A ("Rule 430A") of the Rules and Regulations and paragraph (c) or (h) of Rule 497 ("Rule 497") of the Rules and Regulations or (ii) if the Trust has elected to rely upon Rule 434 ("Rule 434") of the Rules and Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a "Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 497. The information included in any such prospectus or in any such Term Sheet, as the case may be, that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective, if applicable, (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as "Rule 430A Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is referred to as "Rule 434 Information." Each prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the Rule 434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including in each case any statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference, is herein called a "preliminary prospectus." Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto and schedules thereto at the time it became effective and including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, is herein called the "Registration Statement." Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations is herein referred to as the "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement," and after such filing the term "Registration Statement" shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference, is herein called the "Prospectus." If Rule 434 is relied on, the term "Prospectus" shall refer to the preliminary prospectus dated February [23], 2005 together with the Term Sheet and all references in this Agreement to the date of the Prospectus shall mean the date of the Term Sheet. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").

        All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is "contained," "included" or "stated" in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be.

2



        SECTION 1.     Representations and Warranties.    

        (a)     Representations and Warranties by the Trust and the Investment Adviser.     The Trust and the Investment Adviser jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

3


4


5


6


        (b)     Representations and Warranties by the Investment Adviser.     The Investment Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof as follows:

7


8


        (c)     Officer's Certificates.     Any certificate signed by any officer of the Trust or the Investment Adviser delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Trust or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

        SECTION 2.     Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.    

        (a)     Initial Securities.     On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Trust agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Trust, at the price per share set forth in Schedule B , the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

        (b)     Option Securities.     In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Trust hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [            ] Common Shares in the aggregate at the price per share set forth in Schedule B , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Trust and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 45 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Trust setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a "Date of Delivery") shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as Merrill Lynch in its discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of a fractional number of Option Securities.

        (c)     Payment.     Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 4 Times Square, New York, New York 10036, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Trust, at 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Trust (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called "Closing Time").

        In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Trust, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Trust.

        Payment shall be made to the Trust by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Trust, against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of

9



the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

        (d)     Denominations; Registration.     Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in the City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

        SECTION 3.     Covenants.    

        (a)   The Trust and the Investment Adviser, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:

10


11


        SECTION 4.     Payment of Expenses.    

        (a)     Expenses.     The Trust will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Trust's counsel, the independent registered public accounting firm and other advisers, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a)(vi) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky survey and

12



any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Securities, in an amount up to $7,500, which will not exceed [    ]% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xi) the printing of any sales material. Also, the Trust shall pay to the Underwriters $.0083 per Common Share as partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. The amount paid by the Trust as this partial reimbursement to the Underwriters will not exceed .03335% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering. The Investment Adviser has agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs (other than sales load, but including the partial reimbursement of expenses described above) of the Trust that exceed $.05 per Common Share. The sum total of all compensation received by the Underwriters in connection with this offering, including sales load and all forms of compensation to and reimbursement of Underwriters, will not exceed 9.0% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

        (b)     Termination of Agreement.     If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a) hereof, the Trust and the Investment Adviser, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

        SECTION 5.     Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations.    

        The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Trust and the Investment Adviser contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Trust or the Investment Adviser delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Trust and the Investment Adviser of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

        (a)     Effectiveness of Registration Statement.     The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act, no notice or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued, and no proceedings with respect to either shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A) or, if the Trust has elected to rely upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497.

        (b)     Opinion of Counsel for Trust and the Investment Adviser.     At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinions, dated as of Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Trust, and Vincent B. Tritto, counsel for the Investment Adviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

        (c)     Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters.     At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth in clauses (A) (i), (ii), (vi), (vii) (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Trust), (viii) through (x), inclusive, (xii), (xiv) (solely as to the information in the Prospectus under

13



"Description of Shares") and the last paragraph of Exhibit A hereto. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Trust and certificates of public officials.

        (d)     Officers' Certificates.     At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any Trust Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Trust and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Trust and of the President or a Vice President or Managing Director of the Investment Adviser, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no Trust Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties in Sections 1(a) and (b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) each of the Trust and the Investment Adviser, respectively, has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to Closing Time, (iv) with respect to the certificate by an officer of the Investment Adviser only, there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Investment Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and (v) with respect to the Trust only, to the best of its knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act, has been issued and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated by the Commission.

        (e)     Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm's Comfort Letter.     At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [                        ] a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in independent registered public accounting firm's "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

        (f)     Bring-down Comfort Letter.     At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from [                        ] a letter, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to Closing Time.

        (g)     Approval of Listing.     At Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance.

        (h)     No Objection.     The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

        (i)     Execution of Additional Compensation Agreements.     At Closing Time, Merrill Lynch shall have received the Additional Compensation Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, as executed by the Investment Adviser.

14


        (j)     Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities.     In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Trust contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Trust hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

        (k)     Additional Documents.     At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Trust and the Investment Adviser in connection with the organization and registration of the Trust under the 1940 Act and the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

        (l)     Termination of Agreement.     If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities, on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Trust at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8 and 13 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

        SECTION 6.     Indemnification.    

        (a)     Indemnification of Underwriters by the Trust and the Investment Adviser.     The Trust and the Investment Adviser, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject

15



under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of, or are caused by, related to, based upon or arising out of or in connection with:

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Trust or the Investment Adviser by any Underwriter through Merrill Lynch expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

        (b)     Indemnification of Trust, Investment Adviser, Trustees, Directors and Officers.     Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and the Investment Adviser, their respective trustees and directors, each of the Trust's officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Trust or the Investment Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Trust or the Investment Adviser by such Underwriter through Merrill Lynch expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

        (c)     Indemnification for Marketing Materials.     In addition to the foregoing indemnification, the Trust and the Investment Adviser also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of

16



the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 6(a), as limited by the proviso set forth therein, with respect to any sales material.

        (d)     Actions against Parties; Notification.     Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Trust and the Investment Adviser. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

        (e)     Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.     If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

        SECTION 7.     Contribution.    

        If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Trust and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Trust and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

17



        The relative benefits received by the Trust and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Trust and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters (whether from the Trust or otherwise), in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the Term Sheet, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.

        The relative fault of the Trust and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Trust or the Investment Adviser or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

        The Trust, the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

        Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

        No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

        For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each trustee of the Trust and each director of the Investment Adviser, each officer of the Trust who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Trust or the Investment Adviser, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Trust and the Investment Adviser, respectively. The Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

        SECTION 8.     Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.    

        All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Trust or the Investment Adviser submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Trust or the Investment Adviser, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.

18



        SECTION 9.     Termination of Agreement.    

        (a)     Termination; General.     The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Trust, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Trust or the Investment Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in the Common Shares of the Trust has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the NASD or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

        (b)     Liabilities.     If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8 and 13 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

        SECTION 10.     Default by One or More of the Underwriters.    

        If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

        No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

        In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Trust to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the Representatives or the Trust shall have the right to postpone Closing

19



Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term "Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

        SECTION 11.     Notices.    

        All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives, c/o Merrill Lynch & Co., 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080, attention of Equity Capital Markets; and notices to the Trust or the Investment Adviser shall be directed, as appropriate, to the office of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. at 40 East 52 nd Street, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Ralph L. Schlosstein.

        SECTION 12.     Parties.    

        This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Trust, the Investment Adviser and their respective partners and successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Trust, the Investment Adviser and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers, trustees and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Trust, the Investment Adviser and their respective partners and successors, and said controlling persons and officers, trustees and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

        SECTION 13.     GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.    

        THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SAID STATE. UNLESS OTHERWISE EXPLICITLY PROVIDED, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

        SECTION 14.     Effect of Headings.    

        The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

20


        If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Trust and the Investment Adviser in accordance with its terms.

        Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

            Name:    
            Title:    

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

            Name:    
            Title:    

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
    as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                                INCORPORATED
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
ADVEST, INC.
BB&T CAPITAL MARKETS, A DIVISION OF SCOTT & STRINGFELLOW, INC.
ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED
H&R BLOCK FINANCIAL ADVISORS, INC.
FERRIS, BAKER WATTS, INCORPORATED
FIXED INCOME SECURITIES, L.P.
J.J.B. HILLIARD, W.L. LYONS, INC.
JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT LLC
OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.
PNC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS CORPORATION
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                                INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

For themselves and as
Representatives of the
other Underwriters named
in
Schedule A hereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

21



SCHEDULE A

Name of Underwriter

  Number of
Initial Securities

[TO FOLLOW]    
   
Total    
   

Sch A-1



SCHEDULE B


BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST
[                        ] Common Shares of Beneficial
Interest (Par Value $.001 Per Share)

        1.     The initial public offering price per share for the Securities, determined as provided in said Section 2, shall be $25.00.

        2.     The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $23.825, being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $.1.125 per share; provided that the purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the exercise of the overallotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Trust and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

Sch B-1


Exhibit A


FORM OF OPINION OF TRUST'S AND INVESTMENT ADVISER'S
COUNSEL TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 5(b)

(A)
With respect to the Trust:

A-1


A-2


(B)
With respect to the Investment Adviser:

A-3


A-4


        In addition, we have participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and participated in discussions with certain officers, trustees and employees of the Trust, representatives of [                        ], the independent registered public accounting firm who examined the statement of assets and liabilities of the Trust included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and you and your representatives and we have reviewed certain Trust records and documents. While we have not independently verified and are not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except to the extent necessary to enable us to give the opinions with respect to the Trust in paragraphs (A)(v), (xiv) and (xix), on the basis of such participation and review, nothing has come to our attention that would lead us to believe that the Registration Statement (except for financial statements, supporting schedules and other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom and for statistical information derived from such financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data, as to which we do not express any belief), at the time such Registration Statement became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (except for financial statements, supporting schedules and other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom and for statistical information derived from such financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data, as to which we do not express any belief), at the time the Prospectus was issued, or at the Closing Time, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

A-5




QuickLinks

PURCHASE AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE A
SCHEDULE B BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST [ ] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest (Par Value $.001 Per Share)
FORM OF OPINION OF TRUST'S AND INVESTMENT ADVISER'S COUNSEL TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(i)


THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS
AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

        The Board of Trustees of each of the participating management investment companies listed on Schedule A (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) attached hereto and made a part hereof (each a "Participating Fund" and collectively, the "Participating Funds"), established the BlackRock Funds Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of February 24, 2000. The BlackRock Funds Deferred Compensation Plan was amended and restated effective as of September 27, 2002 (as amended and restated, the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible trustees of Participating Funds, the opportunity to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the amounts payable to them as compensation for services rendered as members of the Board of Trustees of the respective funds.

1.     DEFINITIONS    

        1.1     Definitions.    Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following terms as used in the Plan shall have the following meanings:

        The term "Administrator" shall mean BlackRock Advisors, Inc., in its capacity as the administrator of the Plan on behalf of the Participating Funds.

        The term "Advisor" shall mean BlackRock Advisors, Inc. and its affiliates.

        The term "Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of each respective Participating Fund.

        The term "Deferral Share Account" shall mean a book entry account maintained to reflect the number and value of shares of Eligible Investments that the Administrator determines could have been purchased with an Eligible Trustee's Deferred Compensation as provided in this Plan and any earnings thereon.

        The term "Eligible Investment" shall mean a fund managed by the Advisor and designated by the Participating Funds from time to time as an investment medium that may be chosen by an Eligible Trustee in which such Trustee's Deferred Compensation may be deemed to be invested, provided that any Eligible Investment that is a term trust and also the Participating Fund from which an Eligible Trustee's deferred compensation is paid, is not an Eligible Investment that may be chosen by such Trustee as an investment medium for such deferred compensation.

        The term "Eligible Trustee" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an "interested person" of a Participating Fund or of BlackRock, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").

        The term "Exchange" shall mean the principal stock exchange on which common shares of an Eligible Investment trade.

        The term "Fair Market Value" shall mean, with respect to a date, on a per share basis, the closing price of an Eligible Investment, as reported on the consolidated tape of the Exchange on such date or, if the Exchange is closed on such date, the next succeeding date on which it is open.

        The term "Participating Funds" shall mean those registered investment management companies for which the Advisor serves or will serve in the future as investment manager, whether existing at the time of adoption of the Plan or established at a later date, designated by each respective Board as a fund from which compensation may be deferred by an Eligible Trustee. Participating Funds shall be listed on Schedule A to the Plan, provided that failure to list a Participating Fund on Schedule A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund.

        The term "Valuation Date" shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which the Participating Fund makes valuations of the Deferral Share Accounts.



        1.2     Trustees and Directors.    Where appearing in the Plan, "Trustee" shall also refer to "Director" and "Board of Trustees" shall also refer to "Board of Directors."

        1.3     Separate Plan for each Participating Fund.    The Plan is drafted, and shall be construed, as a separate Plan between each Eligible Trustee and each Participating Fund.

2.     DEFERRALS    

        2.1     Deferral Elections.    

        2.2     Manner of Election.    

2


        2.3     Period of Deferrals.    

        2.4     Valuation of Deferral Share Account.    

3


        2.5     Investment of Deferral Share Account.    

4


3.     DISTRIBUTIONS FROM DEFERRAL SHARE ACCOUNT    

        3.1     Distribution Election.    

        The aggregate value of a Participant's Deferral Share Account and any Deferred Compensation held in cash and not yet credited to a Participant's Deferral Share Account will be paid in a lump sum or in ten (10) or fewer annual installments, as specified in the Participant's Election (or Elections). Distributions will be made as of the first business day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant ceases being a Trustee or on such other dates as the Participant may specify in such Election (or Elections), which shall not be earlier than six (6) months following the Election.

5


        3.2     Death Prior to Complete Distribution.    In the event of a Participant's death prior to distribution of all amounts in such Participant's Deferral Share Account, notwithstanding any Election made by the Participant and notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, the value of such Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as soon as reasonably possible to the Participant's designated beneficiary(ies) (the "Beneficiary") or, if such Beneficiary(ies) does not survive the Participant or no beneficiary is designated, to such Participant's estate. Any Beneficiary(ies) so designated by a Participant may be changed at any time by notice in writing from such Participant to the Participating Fund. All payments under this subsection shall otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.

        3.3     Payment in Discretion of Participating Funds.    

        Amounts deferred hereunder, based on the then adjusted value of the Participant's Deferral Share Account as of the Valuation Date next following plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash, may become payable to the Participant in the discretion of the Participating Fund:

        3.4     Acceleration of Payments.    

6


4.     MISCELLANEOUS    

        4.1     Statements of Account.    

        The Participating Funds will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash as of the end of each calendar year and all credits and debits of such Deferral Share Account or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash during such year. Such statements will be furnished no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year.

        4.2     Rights in Deferral Share Account.    

        Credits to the Deferral Share Accounts or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall (i) remain part of the general assets of the Participating Funds, (ii) at all times be the sole and absolute property of the Participating Funds and (iii) in no event be deemed to constitute a fund, trust or collateral security for the payment of the Deferred Compensation to which Participants are entitled. The right of the Participant or any Beneficiary or estate to receive future payment of Deferred Compensation under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Funds, if any, available at the time of payment. A Participating Fund shall not reserve or set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder by any form of trust, escrow, or similar arrangement. The arrangement described in this Plan shall be "unfunded" for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as amended.

        4.3     Non-Assignability.    

        The rights and benefits of Participants under the Plan and any other person or persons to whom payments may be made pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, pledge, transfer or other disposition, except as otherwise provided by law.

        4.4     Interpretation and Administration.    

        The Participating Funds shall have the general authority to interpret, construe and implement provisions of the Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as shall be from time to time, deemed advisable. Any determination by the Participating Funds shall be final and conclusive.

        4.5     Amendment and Termination.    

        The Participating Funds may in their sole discretion amend or terminate the Plan at any time. No amendment or termination shall adversely affect any then existing deferred amounts or rights under the Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the remaining balance of the Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid to the Participant (or to a beneficiary, as the case may be), in a lump sum as soon as practicable but no more than thirty (30) days following termination of the Plan.

        4.6     Incapacity.    

        If the Participating Funds shall receive satisfactory evidence that the Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, the Participating Funds may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

7



        4.7     Payments Due Missing Persons.    

        The Participating Funds shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. However, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five (5) years from the date such benefit shall be due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended. Before this provision becomes operative, the Participating Funds shall send a certified letter to all such persons to their last known address advising them that their benefits under the Plan shall be suspended. Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Participating Funds for a period of three (3) additional years (or a total of eight (8) years from the time the benefits first become payable) and thereafter, if unclaimed, such amounts shall be forfeited, subject to applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

        4.8     Agents.    

        The Participating Funds may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as they deem necessary to perform their duties under the Plan. The Participating Funds shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan.

        4.9     Governing Law.    

        All matters concerning the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

        4.10     Non-Guarantee of Status.    

        Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of the Participant to be, or remain as, a Trustee of any of the Participating Funds or to receive any, or any particular rate of, compensation from any of the Participating Funds.

        4.11     Counsel.    

        The Participating Funds may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of the Plan, their obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and they shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

        4.12     Entire Plan.    

        The Plan contains the entire understanding between the Participating Funds and the Participant with respect to the payment of non-qualified elective deferred compensation by the Participating Funds to the Participant.

        4.13     Non-liability of Administrator and Participating Funds.    

        Interpretations of, and determinations (including factual determinations) related to, the Plan made by the Administrator or Participating Funds in good faith, including any determinations of the amounts of the Deferral Share Accounts, shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties; and the Administrator, the Participating Funds and their officers and Trustees shall not incur any liability to the Participant for any such interpretation or determination so made or for any other action taken by it in connection with the Plan in good faith.

        4.14     Successors and Assigns.    

        The Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

8



        4.15     Severability.    

        In the event any one or more provisions of the Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.

        4.16     Rule 16b-3 Compliance.    

        It is the intention of the Participating Fund that all transactions under the Plan be exempt from liability imposed by Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Therefore, if any transaction under the Plan is found not to be in compliance with Section 16(b), the provision of the Plan governing such transaction shall be deemed amended so that the transaction does so comply and is so exempt, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Participating Fund, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting the requirements of an exemption.

9


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Participating Fund has caused this Plan to be executed by one of its duly authorized officers, as of this [    ] day of [                           ].


 

 

 

 

By:

 

    

        Name:    
        Title:    

Witness:

 

    


 

 

 

 
Name:            
Title:            

10


        SCHEDULE A


BLACKROCK FUNDS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

PARTICIPATING FUNDS

BlackRock Advantage Term Trust
BlackRock Broad Investment Grade 2009 Term Trust
BlackRock California Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust
BlackRock California Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock California Investment Quality Municipal Trust
BlackRock California Municipal 2018 Term Trust
BlackRock California Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust II
BlackRock Core Bond Trust
BlackRock Dividend Achievers Trust
BlackRock Florida Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust
BlackRock Florida Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Florida Investment Quality Municipal Trust
BlackRock Florida Municipal 2020 Term Trust
BlackRock Florida Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock Florida Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Global Energy and Resources Trust
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust
BalckRock Health Sciences Trust
BlackRock High Yield Trust
BlackRock Income Opportunity Trust
BlackRock Income Trust
BlackRock Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust Inc.
BlackRock Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Insured Municipal Term Trust
BlackRock Investment Quality Municipal Trust
BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust
BlackRock Maryland Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock Municipal 2018 Term Trust
BlackRock Municipal 2020 Term Trust
BlackRock Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Municipal Income Trust II
BlackRock Municipal Target Term Trust
BlackRock New Jersey Investment Quality Municipal Trust
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock New York Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust
BlackRock New York Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock New York Investment Quality Municipal Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal 2018 Term Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust II
BlackRock Pennsylvania Strategic Municipal Trust
BlackRock Preferred Opportunity Trust
BlackRock Rising Rate Trust


BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust
BlackRock Strategic Dividend Achievers Trust
BlackRock Strategic Municipal Trust
BlackRock Virginia Municipal Bond Trust
Partners Balanced Trust
S&P Quality Rankings Global Equity Managed Trust


        SCHEDULE B


ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS

You may choose from the following eligible investments:

BlackRock Advantage Term Trust
BlackRock Broad Investment Grade 2009 Term Trust
BlackRock Core Bond Trust
BlackRock High Yield Trust
BlackRock Income Opportunity Trust
BlackRock Income Trust
BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust



BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Deferral Election Form

        The undersigned hereby elects to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan ("Plan") in accordance with the elections made in this Deferral Election Form.

        1.     Amount Deferred     

        I hereby elect to defer compensation earned as a Trustee which are earned subsequent to the date of this election, as follows:

         o All fees; or

         o                         % of fees.

         o $                        of fees.

        2.     Investment Choice     

        I hereby elect to have the deferred compensation valued by an investment in the Eligible Investments as set forth on the attachment to this Deferral Election Form. I understand that I may change this election by giving written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each calendar year.

        3.     Time of Payment     

        I hereby elect to be paid as follows:

         o On the first business day in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Trustee; or

         o On the following other date or event:

        4.     Number of Payments     

        I hereby elect to receive payment as follows:

         o Entire amount in a lump sum; or

         o In                        annual installments (not to exceed 10).

        I hereby relinquish and release any and all rights to receive payment of the deferred amounts except in accordance with the Plan.

Executed this    day of,            

            
Trustee's Signature

Received and accepted by the Participating Funds:

By:

 

    


 

 

Date:

 

    


 

 


BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Designation of Beneficiary

        The undersigned hereby designates the person or persons named below as the beneficiary(ies) of any benefits which may become due according to the terms and conditions of the BlackRock Funds Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") in the event of my death.

         o To my Estate: or

         o To the following beneficiaries:

  Primary:       

 

 

 

    


 

 

 

    

(Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to my Estate.

 

Secondary:

 

    


 

 

 

    


 

 

 

    

(Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to

        I hereby revoke all prior beneficiary designation(s) made under the terms of the Plan by execution of this form.

Executed this            day of                        ,             

        
Trustee's Signature



QuickLinks

THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
BLACKROCK FUNDS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN PARTICIPATING FUNDS
ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS
BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN Deferral Election Form
BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN Designation of Beneficiary

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(j)(1)


CUSTODY AGREEMENT

        AGREEMENT, dated as of March 10, 2005 between BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, a statutory trust formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware having its principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (the "Fund") and The Bank of New York, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 ("Custodian").

W I T N E S S E T H:

        that for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:

        1.      "Authorized Person" shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund's board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.

        2.      "BNY Affiliate" shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.

        3.      "Book-Entry System" shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.

        4.      "Business Day" shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.

        5.      "Certificate" shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

        6.      "Composite Currency Unit" shall mean any composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.

        7.      "Depository" shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

        8.      "Foreign Depository" shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

        9.      "Instructions" shall mean communications transmitted by electronic or telecommunications media, including S.W.I.F.T., computer-to-computer interface, or dedicated transmission lines.

1



        10.    "Oral Instructions" shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

        11.    "Securities" shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).

        12.    "Subcustodian" shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of cash Securities or other property hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.


ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;
ARTICLE VREPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

        1.     (a) The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities, cash or other property at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees. Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for the Fund in which Custodian will hold Securities, cash or other property as provided herein. Such accounts (each, an "Account"; collectively, the "Accounts") shall be in the name of the Fund.

        2.     The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:

2


        3.     The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian's request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.


ARTICLE III
CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES

        1.     (a) Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any cash, Securities or other property received by it from time to time for the Fund's account. Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (c) of this Section 1, Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder. Cash, Securities or other property held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity. Cash, Securities or other property held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian's agreements with such Subcustodians. Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Cash, Securities or other property in

3


Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate. Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, cash, Securities or other property deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only cash, Securities or other property held by Custodian as custodian for its customers. Custodian shall identify on its books and records the cash, Securities or other property belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians. Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Cash, Securities or other property in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Cash, Securities or other property is located, where such Cash, Securities or other property are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Cash, Securities or other property are acquired. Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the "Replacement Subcustodian"). In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund's board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the '40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.

        2.     Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of cash, Securities or other property) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.

4


        3.     With respect to all cash, Securities or other property held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:

        4.     (a) Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities or other property held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities or other property issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken. Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.

        5.     All voting rights with respect to Securities or other property, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee. For Securities or other property issued in the United States, Custodian's only duty shall be to mail to the Fund any documents (including proxy statements, annual reports and signed proxies) actually received by Custodian relating to the exercise of such voting rights. With respect to Securities or other property issued outside of the United States, Custodian's only duty shall be to provide the Fund with access to a provider of global proxy services at the Fund's request. The Fund shall be responsible for all costs associated with its use of such services.

        6.     Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian's actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class. If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities

5



in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.

        7.     Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.

        8.     The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto ("Taxes"), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto. The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold). Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security. In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law. If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein. In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty. In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder. The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

        9.     (a) For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, "sufficient immediately available funds" shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction. Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories. Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.

6



        10.   Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.


ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES;
CREDITS TO ACCOUNT

        1.     Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities or other property by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security or other property generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale. Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.

        2.     The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities. The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.

        3.     Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or other property or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities or other property prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor. All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian's actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received. Payment with respect to a transaction will not be "final" until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.


ARTICLE V
OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS

        1.     If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of the Fund which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for the Fund shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency

7


purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund payable on demand and shall bear interest from the date incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time. In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of the Fund at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of the Fund or in which the Fund may have an interest which is then in Custodian's possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian's behalf. The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to the Fund's credit on Custodian's books.

        2.     If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing: (a) the name of the bank, (b) the amount of the borrowing, (c) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (d) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (e) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (f) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the '40 Act and the Fund's prospectus. Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Certificate. Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement. Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section. The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it. In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.


ARTICLE VI
SALE, REPURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF SHARES

        1.     Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund ("Shares") it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares.

        2.     Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account.

        3.     Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption or repurchase of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares. Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account.

8



ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS

        1.     Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.

        2.     Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.


ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING CUSTODIAN

        1.     (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys' and accountants' fees (collectively, "Losses"), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian's own negligence or willful misconduct. Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories or of any Foreign Depositories, except in each case to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian's failure to fulfill its duties hereunder. With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate) located in a country not listed on Schedule A hereto, Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian, and Custodian's sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian). With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate) located in a country listed on Schedule A hereto, Custodian shall be liable to the Fund to the same extent such Subcustodian is liable to Custodian under the terms, conditions and governing law of Custodian's agreement with such Subcustodian. In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall BNY or any Subcustodian be liable: ( i ) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; ( ii ) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; ( iii ) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; ( iv ) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; ( v ) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; ( vi ) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; ( vii ) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian's failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or ( viii ) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability

9


has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.

        2.     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:

10


        3.     Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.

        4.     Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.

        5.     The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian's standard rates for such services as may be applicable. The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund's Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept in connection with this Agreement. The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.

        6.     Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian. In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right if the Fund has not satisfied its obligations to the Custodian within five business days after receiving notice of any failure to do so to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit. Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any BNY Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.

        7.     The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian. The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian. If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund's use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto, and Custodian shall provide user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys only to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

        8.     The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund. Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the "40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian's normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.

        9.     It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect. The Custodian

11



shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

        10.   Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.


ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

        1.     Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of giving of such notice. In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits. In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians. In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits. Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.

        2.     If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all cash, Securities or other property (other than cash, Securities or other property which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to cash, Securities or other property which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such cash, Securities or other property hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.


ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

        1.     The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons. Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.

        2.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at 100 Church Street, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.

        3.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.

12



        4.     Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

        5.     In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.

        6.     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

        7.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

13


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

    BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

 

 

By:

 

 
       
        Name: Henry Gabbay
Title: Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Tax Identification No.: 20-2433262

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

By:

 

 
       
        Name: Edward G. McGann
Title: Vice President

14



SCHEDULE I
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
(The Fund—Oral and Written Instructions)

        The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is the duly elected and acting Treasurer of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Fund"), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Fund have been duly authorized in conformity with the Fund's Declaration of Trust and By-Laws to deliver Certificates and Oral Instructions to The Bank of New York ("Custodian") pursuant to the Custody Agreement between the Fund and Custodian dated March 10, 2005, and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:

Henry Gabbay        

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

James Kong

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Peter McCabe

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Aviv Efrat

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

John Davis

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Lance Deluca

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Mary Ellen Blond

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Tom Downey

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Daniel Schweiger

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Amy Kephart

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Mark Kelly

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Matt Luongo

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Jeffrey Wing

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Kurt Dodds

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Brian Muller

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature
         


Joeseph Gajewski

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

Joseph Phillips

 

 

 

 

 
 
Name   Title   Signature

        This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.

    By:  
     
      Name: Henry Gabbay
      Title: Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 10, 2005

 

 

 

2



APPENDIX I

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE "SYSTEM")

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

        1.     License; Use.     Upon delivery to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person the Fund of software enabling the Fund to obtain access to the System (the "Software"), Custodian grants to the Fund a personal, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the Software solely for the purpose of transmitting Instructions, receiving reports, making inquiries or otherwise communicating with Custodian in connection with the Account(s). The Fund shall use the Software solely for its own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau. Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Fund with respect to the Software. The Fund acknowledges that Custodian and its suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof. The Fund further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by Custodian or its suppliers. The Fund shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments, nor shall you attempt to decompile, reverse engineer or modify the Software. The Fund may not copy, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without Custodian's prior written consent. The Fund may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software. The Fund shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of the Software and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice to the Software or media upon Custodian's request.

        2.     Equipment.     The Fund shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and services, including but not limited to communications services, necessary for it to utilize the Software and obtain access to the System, and Custodian shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment or services.

        3.     Proprietary Information.     The Software, any data base and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to the Fund (other than which are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the "Information"), are the exclusive and confidential property of Custodian or its suppliers. The Fund shall keep the Information confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care. Upon termination of the Agreement or the Software license granted herein for any reason, the Fund shall return to Custodian any and all copies of the Information which are in its possession or under its control.

        4.     Modifications.     Custodian reserves the right to modify the Software from time to time and the Fund shall install new releases of the Software as Custodian may direct. The Fund agrees not to modify or attempt to modify the Software without Custodian's prior written consent. The Fund acknowledges that any modifications to the Software, whether by the Fund or Custodian and whether with or without Custodian's consent, shall become the property of Custodian.

        5.     NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES.     CUSTODIAN AND ITS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EXPRESS OR

1



IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE FUND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND ANY DATABASE ARE PROVIDED "AS IS." IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH THE FUND MAY INCUR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EVEN IF CUSTODIAN OR SUCH SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.

        6.     Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use.     The Fund will cause all persons utilizing the Software and System to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and it will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to persons duly authorized to give Instructions. Custodian is hereby irrevocably authorized to act in accordance with and rely on Instructions received by it through the System. The Fund acknowledges that it is its sole responsibility to assure that only persons duly authorized use the System and that Custodian shall not be responsible nor liable for any unauthorized use thereof.

        7.     System Acknowledgments.     Custodian shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each transmission communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment Custodian shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such transmission and the Fund may not claim that such transmission was received by Custodian.

        8.     EXPORT RESTRICTIONS.     EXPORT OF THE SOFTWARE IS PROHIBITED BY UNITED STATES LAW. THE FUND MAY NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES RESELL, DIVERT, TRANSFER, TRANSSHIP OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE (IN ANY FORM) IN OR TO ANY OTHER COUNTRY. IF CUSTODIAN DELIVERED THE SOFTWARE TO THE FUND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SOFTWARE WAS EXPORTED FROM THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORTER ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS. DIVERSION CONTRARY TO U.S. LAW IS PROHIBITED. The Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to report its name and address to government agencies to which Custodian is required to provide such information by law.

        9.     ENCRYPTION.     The Fund acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data. The Fund agrees that Custodian may deactivate any encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Fund, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or troubleshooting the System or the Software.

2




QuickLinks

CUSTODY AGREEMENT
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE II APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS; ARTICLE VREPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS
ARTICLE III CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES
ARTICLE IV PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES; CREDITS TO ACCOUNT
ARTICLE V OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS
ARTICLE VI SALE, REPURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF SHARES
ARTICLE VII PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS
ARTICLE VIII CONCERNING CUSTODIAN
ARTICLE IX TERMINATION
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
SCHEDULE I CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS (The Fund—Oral and Written Instructions)
APPENDIX I THE BANK OF NEW YORK ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE "SYSTEM") TERMS AND CONDITIONS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(j)(2)


FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT made as of March 10, 2005 between BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Fund") and The Bank of New York ("BNY").

W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS , the Fund desires to appoint BNY as a Foreign Custody Manager on the terms and conditions contained herein;

         WHEREAS , BNY desires to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager and perform the duties set forth herein on the terms and conditions contained herein;

         NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter contained in this Agreement, the Fund and BNY hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

ARTICLE II.
BNY AS A FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER

        1.     The Fund hereby acknowledges that its Board has delegated to BNY the Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country in accordance with the Rule.

        2.     BNY hereby accepts the Board's delegation of Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country and agrees in performing the Responsibilities as a Foreign Custody Manager to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund's assets would exercise.

        3.     BNY shall provide to the Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund's foreign custody arrangements written reports notifying the Board of the placement of assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian within a



Specified Country and of any material change in the arrangements (including the contract governing such arrangements) with respect to assets of the Fund with any such Eligible Foreign Custodian.

ARTICLE III.
RESPONSIBILITIES

        1.     Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, BNY shall with respect to each Specified Country select an Eligible Foreign Custodian. In connection therewith, BNY shall: (a) determine that assets of the Fund held by such Eligible Foreign Custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market in which such Eligible Foreign Custodian operates, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, those contained in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (b) determine that the Fund's foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian are governed by a written contract with the Custodian which will provide reasonable care for the Fund's assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (c) determine that each contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall include the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) of the Rule or, alternatively, in lieu of any or all of such (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) provisions, such other provisions as BNY determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the assets of the Fund as such specified provisions; (d) monitor pursuant to the Monitoring System the appropriateness of maintaining the assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule and the performance of the contract governing such arrangement; and (e) advise the Fund whenever BNY determines under the Monitoring System that an arrangement (including, any material change in the contract governing such arrangement) described in preceding clause (d) no longer meets the requirements of the Rule.

        2.     For purposes of preceding Section 1 of this Article, BNY's determination of appropriateness shall not include, nor be deemed to include, any evaluation of Country Risks associated with investment in a particular country. For purposes hereof, "Country Risks" shall mean systemic risks of holding assets in a particular country including but not limited to (a) an Eligible Foreign Custodian's use of any depositories that act as or operate a system or a transnational system for the central handling of securities or any equivalent book-entries; (b) such country's financial infrastructure; (c) such country's prevailing custody and settlement practices; (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry; (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and (g) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS

        1.     The Fund hereby represents that: (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on the Fund prohibits the Fund's execution or performance of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been approved and ratified by the Board at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum was at all times present, and (c) the Board or the Fund's investment advisor has considered the Country Risks associated with investment in each Specified Country and will have considered such risks prior to any settlement instructions being given to the Custodian with respect to any other country.

        2.     BNY hereby represents that: (a) BNY is duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, with full power to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BNY, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of BNY enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on

2



BNY prohibits BNY's execution or performance of this Agreement; and (c) BNY has established the Monitoring System.

ARTICLE V.
CONCERNING BNY

        1.     BNY shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys' and accountants' fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, the Fund except to the extent the same arises out of the failure of BNY to exercise the care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof. In no event shall BNY be liable to the Fund, the Board, or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.

        2.     The Fund shall indemnify BNY and hold it harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys' and accountants' fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, BNY by reason or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of BNY's performance hereunder, provided that the Fund shall not indemnify BNY to the extent any such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arises out of BNY's failure to exercise the reasonable care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.

        3.     For its services hereunder, the Fund agrees to pay to BNY such compensation and out-of-pocket expenses as shall be mutually agreed.

        4.     BNY shall have only such duties as are expressly set forth herein. In no event shall BNY be liable for any Country Risks associated with investments in a particular country.

ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS

        1.     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Fund and BNY as a foreign custody manager, and no provision in the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian shall affect the duties and obligations of BNY hereunder, nor shall any provision in this Agreement affect the duties or obligations of the Custodian under the Custody Agreement.

        2.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to BNY, shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 100 Church Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as BNY may from time to time designate in writing.

        3.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.

        4.     In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.

        5.     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Fund and BNY hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by

3


applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Fund and BNY each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

        6.     The parties hereto agree that in performing hereunder, BNY is acting solely on behalf of the Fund and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between BNY and any other person by reason of this Agreement.

        7.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

        8.     This Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, and may otherwise be terminated by either party giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

4


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and BNY have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.


 

 

BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES Trust

 

 

By:

 

    

Name: Henry Gabbay
Title:
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

By:

 

    

Name: Edward G. McGann
Title:
Vice President

5


SCHEDULE I
Specified Countries




QuickLinks

FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(k)(1)


STOCK TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

        AGREEMENT, made as of March 31, 2005, by and between BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST, a statutory trust formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the "Customer"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York trust company (hereinafter referred to as the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H:

        That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF BANK

        1.     The Customer hereby constitutes and appoints the Bank as its agent to perform the services described herein and as more particularly described in Schedule I attached hereto (the "Services"), and the Bank hereby accepts appointment as such agent and agrees to perform the Services in accordance with the term hereinafter set forth.

        2.     In connection with such appointment, the Customer shall deliver the following documents to the Bank:


        3.     The Customer shall furnish the Bank with a sufficient supply of blank Share certificates and from time to time will renew such supply upon request of the Bank. Such blank Share certificates shall be properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by Officers of the Customer authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share certificates, and, if required, shall bear the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.

        4.     Customer acknowledges that the Bank is subject to the customer identification program requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, and that the Bank must obtain, verify and record information that allows the Bank to identify Customer. Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder the Bank may request information (including but not limited to the Customer's name, physical address, tax identification number and other information) that will help the Bank to identify the organization such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or any other information that will allow the Bank to identify Customer. Customer agrees that the Bank cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until the Bank verifies Customer's identity in accordance with its Customer Identification Program.

ARTICLE III
AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES

        1.     The Customer shall deliver to the Bank the following documents on or before the effective date of any increase, decrease or other change in the total number of Shares authorized to be issued:

        2.     Prior to the issuance of any additional Shares pursuant to dividends, stock splits or otherwise, and prior to any reduction in the number of Shares outstanding, the Customer shall deliver the following documents to the Bank:

2


ARTICLE IV
RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT

        1.     In the case of any negative stock split, recapitalization or other capital adjustment requiring a change in the form of Share certificates, the Bank will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or upon transfer of, outstanding Share certificates in the old form, upon receiving:


        2.     The Customer shall furnish the Bank with a sufficient supply of blank Share certificates in the new form, and from time to time will replenish such supply upon the request of the Bank. Such blank Share certificates shall be properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by Officers of the Customer authorized by law or by the Customer's Declaration of Trust or By-Laws to sign Share certificates and, if required, shall bear the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.

ARTICLE V
ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

        The Bank will issue and transfer Shares in certificated form as follows:

3


ARTICLE VI
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

        1.     The Customer shall furnish to the Bank a copy of a resolution of its Board of Trustees or committee thereof, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, either (i) setting forth the date of the declaration of a dividend or distribution, the date of accrual or payment, as the case may be, the record date as of which shareholders entitled to payment, or accrual, as the case may be, shall be determined, the amount per Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously accrued and unpaid dividends are to be paid, and the total amount, if any, payable to the Bank on such payment date, or (ii) authorizing the declaration of dividends and distributions on a periodic basis and authorizing the Bank to rely on a Certificate setting forth the information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.

        2.     Prior to the payment date specified in such Certificate or resolution, as the case may be, the Customer shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution, deposit with the Bank an amount of cash, sufficient for the Bank to make the payment, specified in such Certificate or resolution, to the shareholders of record as of such payment date. The Bank will, upon receipt of any such cash, (i) in the case of shareholders who are participants in a dividend reinvestment and/or cash purchase plan of the Customer, reinvest such cash dividends or distributions in accordance with the terms of such plan, and (ii) in the case of shareholders who are not participants in any such plan, make payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as of the record date by mailing a check, payable to the registered shareholder, to the address of record or dividend mailing address. The Bank shall not be liable for any improper payment made in accordance with a Certificate or resolution described in the preceding paragraph. If the Bank shall not receive sufficient cash prior to the payment date to make payments of any cash dividend or distribution pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii) above to all shareholders of the Customer as of the record date, the Bank shall, upon notifying the Customer, withhold payment to all shareholders of the Customer as of the record date until sufficient cash is provided to the Bank.

        3.     It is understood that the Bank shall in no way be responsible for the determination of the rate or form of dividends or distributions due to the shareholders.

        4.     It is understood that the Bank shall file such appropriate information returns concerning the payment of dividends and distributions with the proper federal, state and local authorities as are required by law to be filed by the Customer but shall in no way be responsible for the collection or withholding of taxes due on such dividends or distributions due to shareholders, except and only to the extent required of it by applicable law.

4



ARTICLE VII
CONCERNING THE CUSTOMER

        1.     The Customer shall promptly deliver to the Bank written notice of any change in the Officers authorized to sign Share certificates, Certificates, notifications or requests, together with a specimen signature of each new Officer. In the event any Officer who shall have signed manually or whose facsimile signature shall have been affixed to blank Share certificates shall die, resign or be removed prior to issuance of such Share certificates, the Bank may issue such Share certificates as the Share certificates of the Customer notwithstanding such death, resignation or removal, and the Customer shall promptly deliver to the Bank such approvals, adoptions or ratifications as may be required by law.

        2.     Each copy of the Certificate of Trust of the Customer and copies of all amendments thereto shall be certified by the Secretary of State (or other appropriate official) of the state of formation, and if such Certificate of Trust and/or amendments are required by law also to be filed with a county or other officer or official body, a certificate of such filing shall be filed with a certified copy submitted to the Bank. Each copy of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and copies of all amendments thereto, and copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Customer, shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Customer under the corporate seal.

        3.     Customer hereby represents and warrants:

ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING THE BANK

        1.     The Bank shall not be liable and shall be fully protected in acting upon any oral instruction, writing or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been given, signed or made by the proper person or persons and shall not be held to have any notice of any change of authority of any person until receipt of a Certificate from an Officer of the Customer. It shall also be protected in processing Share certificates which it reasonably believes to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of the duly authorized Officer or Officers of the Customer and contain the proper countersignature of the Bank.

        2.     The Bank may establish such additional procedures, rules and regulations governing the transfer or registration of Share certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with such rules and regulations generally adopted by bank transfer agents.

        3.     The Bank may keep such records as it deems advisable but not inconsistent with resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Customer. The Bank may deliver to the Customer from time to time at its discretion, for safekeeping or disposition by the Customer in accordance with law, such records, papers, Share certificates which have been cancelled in transfer or exchange and other documents accumulated in the execution of its duties hereunder as the Bank may deem expedient, other than those which the Bank is itself required to maintain pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, and the Customer shall assume all responsibility for any failure thereafter to produce any record, paper, cancelled Share certificate or other document so returned, if and when required. The records maintained by the Bank pursuant to this paragraph which have not been previously delivered to the Customer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be considered to be the property of the Customer, shall be made available upon request for inspection by the Officers,

5



employees and auditors of the Customer, and shall be delivered to the Customer upon request and in any event upon the date of termination of this Agreement, as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in the form and manner kept by the Bank on such date of termination or such earlier date as may be requested by the Customer.

        4.     The Bank may employ agents or attorneys-in-fact at the expense of the Customer, and shall not be liable for any loss or expense arising out of, or in connection with, the actions or omissions to act of its agents or attorneys-in-fact, so long as the Bank acts in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the selection of such agents or attorneys-in-fact.

        5.     The Bank shall only be liable to the Customer for any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of its own negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct; provided however that the Bank's aggregate liability during any annual term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from or in connection with this Agreement or as a result of any services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement whether in contract or tort or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the following amounts: (i) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to the Bank as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the thirty-six (36) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which the recovery from the Bank is being sought which arises out of the Bank's negligence; and (b) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to the Bank as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the sixty (60) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which the recovery from the Bank is being sought which arises out of the Bank's bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. For avoidance of doubt, an "annual term" for the purposes of this paragraph shall be the date of the execution of this Agreement to the first anniversary thereof and then from each anniversary of the execution of this Agreement to the next anniversary thereafter.

        6.     The Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney's fees, which the Bank may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against the Bank except for any liability which the Bank has assumed pursuant to the immediately preceding section. The Bank shall be deemed not to have acted with negligence and not to have engaged in willful misconduct by reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank without its own negligence or willful misconduct in reliance upon (i) any provision of this Agreement, (ii) any instrument, order or Share certificate reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, countersigned or executed by any duly authorized Officer of the Customer, (iii) any Certificate or other written or oral instructions of an Officer of the Customer reasonably believed by it to be genuine, (iv) any opinion of legal counsel for the Customer addressed to the Bank or the Bank, or (v) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed. Nothing contained herein shall limit or in any way impair the right of the Bank to indemnification under any other provision of this Agreement.

        7.     Specifically, but not by way of limitation, the Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney's fees, of any and every nature which the Bank may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against the Bank in connection with the genuineness of a Share certificate, the Bank's due authorization by the Customer to issue Shares and the form and amount of authorized Shares.

        8.     The Bank shall not incur any liability hereunder if by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, it, or its employees, officers or directors shall be prevented, delayed or forbidden from, or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of this Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed or by reason of any nonperformance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of

6



any act or thing which by the terms of this Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed.

        9.     At any time the Bank may apply to an Officer of the Customer for written instructions with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Bank's duties and obligations under this Agreement, and the Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank in good faith in accordance with such instructions. Such application by the Bank for instructions from an Officer of the Customer may, at the option of the Bank, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank with respect to its duties or obligations under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken, and the Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified therein unless, prior to taking or omitting to take any such action, the Bank has received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. The Bank may consult counsel to the Customer or its own counsel, and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

        10.   When mail is used for delivery of non-negotiable Share certificates, the value of which does not exceed the limits of the Bank's Blanket Bond, the Bank shall send such non-negotiable Share certificates by first class mail, and such deliveries will be covered while in transit by the Bank's Blanket Bond. Non-negotiable Share certificates, the value of which exceed the limits of the Bank's Blanket Bond, will be sent by insured registered mail. Negotiable Share certificates will be sent by insured registered mail. The Bank shall advise the Customer of any Share certificates returned as undeliverable after being mailed as herein provided for.

        11.   The Bank may issue new Share certificates in place of Share certificates represented to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receiving instructions in writing from an Officer and indemnity satisfactory to the Bank. Such instructions from the Customer shall be in such form as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Customer in accordance with applicable law or the By-Laws of the Customer governing such matters. If the Bank receives written notification from the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Share certificate within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, the Bank shall promptly notify the Customer and shall act pursuant to written instructions signed by an Officer. If the Customer receives such written notification from the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Share certificate within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, the Customer shall promptly notify the Bank and the Bank shall act pursuant to written instructions signed by an Officer. The Bank shall not be liable for any act done or omitted by it pursuant to the written instructions described herein. The Bank may issue new Share certificates in exchange for, and upon surrender of, mutilated Share certificates.

        12.   The Bank will issue and mail subscription warrants for Shares, Shares representing dividends, exchanges or splits, or act as conversion agent upon receiving written instructions from an Officer and such other documents as the Bank may deem necessary.

        13.   The Bank will supply shareholder lists to the Customer from time to time upon receiving a request therefor from an Officer of the Customer.

        14.   Bank shall promptly send to the Customer annually the Bank's most recent SAS 70 Report, addressing the stock transfer area.

        15.   The Bank agrees that it will not disclose or use any "non-public personal information" about the Customer's shareholders (a "Shareholder") other than such uses or disclosures which are necessary to permit the Bank to carry out its duties under this Agreement, or are otherwise required by the Bank in compliance with any law or regulation, an investigation or in response to judicial process, including as set forth in Section 16 below. "Non-public personal information" about a Shareholder shall mean (i) personally identifiable financial information; (ii) any list, description, or other grouping of

7



consumers that is derived from using any personally identifiable information that is not publicly available; and (iii) any other information that the Bank is prohibited from using or disclosing pursuant to Regulation S-P under Section 504 of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act.

        16.   In the event that any requests or demands are made for the inspection of the Shareholder records, other than request for records of Shareholders pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions), the Bank will endeavor to notify the Customer and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Customer as to such inspection. The Bank expressly reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person or if required by law or court order.

        17.   The Bank and the Customer agree that they will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person, firm, corporation or other business organization, any customers' lists, trade secrets, or any other secret or confidential information whatsoever identified as confidential, whether of the Bank or of the Customer, used or gained by the Bank or the Customer during performance under this Agreement. The Customer and the Bank further covenant and agree to retain all such knowledge and information acquired during and after the term of this Agreement respecting such lists, trade secrets, or any secret or confidential information whatsoever in trust for the sole benefit of the Bank or the Customer and their successors and assigns. The above prohibition of disclosure shall not apply to the extent that the Bank must disclose such data to its sub-contractor or agents for purposes of providing services under this Agreement. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall not limit any revelation, divulging or making known by the Bank of any information which becomes public information or which the Bank possessed prior to the execution of this Agreement, developed independently, or obtained from a third party.

        18.   All records maintained and preserved by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement which the Customer is required to maintain and preserve in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder shall be and remain the property of the Customer and shall be surrendered to the Customer promptly upon request in the form in which such records have been maintained and preserved. Upon reasonable request of the Customer, the Bank shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc, whichever the Bank shall elect, any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by the Bank on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained, and the Customer shall reimburse the Bank for its expenses of providing such hard copy or micro film.

        19.   At the request of an Officer, the Bank will address and mail such appropriate notices to shareholders as the Customer may direct.

        20.   Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall be under no duty or obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:

        21.   The Bank shall be entitled to receive and the Customer hereby agrees to pay to the Bank for its performance hereunder (i) out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and its performance hereunder, and (ii) the compensation for services as set forth in Schedule I.

8



        22.   The Bank shall not be responsible for any money, whether or not represented by any check, draft or other instrument for the payment of money, received by it on behalf of the Customer, until the Bank actually receives and collects such funds.

        23.   The Bank shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against the Bank in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

        Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than 30 days after the date of receipt of such notice. In the event such notice is given by the Customer, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Customer, certified by its Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor transfer agent or transfer agents. In the event such notice is given by the Bank, the Customer shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to the Bank a copy of a resolution of its Board of Trustees certified by its Secretary designating a successor transfer agent or transfer agents. In the absence of such designation by the Customer, the Bank may designate a successor transfer agent. If the Customer fails to designate a successor transfer agent and if the Bank is unable to find a successor transfer agent, the Customer shall, upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and delivery of the records maintained hereunder, be deemed to be its own transfer agent and the Bank shall thereafter be relieved of all duties and responsibilities hereunder. Upon termination hereof, the Customer shall pay to the Bank such compensation as may be due to the Bank as of the date of such termination, and shall reimburse the Bank for any disbursements and expenses made or incurred by the Bank and payable or reimbursable hereunder.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

        1.     The indemnities contained herein shall be continuing obligations of the Customer, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

        2.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Customer shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Customer and mailed or delivered to it at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, or at such other place as the Customer may from time to time designate in writing.

        3.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Bank shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Bank and mailed or delivered to it at its office at 101 Barclay Street (11E), New York, New York 10286 or at such other place as the Bank may from time to time designate in writing.

        4.     This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement duly authorized and executed by both parties. Any duly authorized Officer may amend any Certificate naming Officers authorized to execute and deliver Certificates, instructions, notices or other instruments, and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may amend any Certificate listing the Shares.

        5.     This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, and provided, further, that any reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale of assets, by the Bank shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Agreement.

9



        6.     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that, all actions and proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in a New York State Court in the County of New York and that, in connection with any such action or proceeding, submit to the jurisdiction of, and venue in, such court. Each of the parties hereto also irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

        7.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original; but such counterparts, together, shall constitute only one instrument.

        8.     The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Bank and the Customer, and no rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement.

10


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective corporate officers, thereunto duly authorized and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed, as of the day and year first above written.


Attest:

 

BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

    


 

By:

 

    

        Name:     
        Title:     

Attest:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

    


 

By:

 

    

        Name:     
        Title:     

11



SCHEDULE I

[Supply Schedule]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

PROFILE

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

between

BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

Dated as of March 31, 2005




QuickLinks

STOCK TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
SCHEDULE I [Supply Schedule]

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(k)(2)


FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

        AGREEMENT made as of this 10 th day of March, 2005 by and between BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, a Delaware statutory trust having its principal place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (hereinafter called the "Fund") and The Bank of New York, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business, having its principal place of business at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 (hereinafter called the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H:

        In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the Fund and the Bank hereby agree as follows:

        1.     The Fund hereby appoints the Bank to perform the duties hereinafter set forth.

        2.     The Bank hereby accepts appointment and agrees to perform the duties hereinafter set forth.

        3.     Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 4 and 5 below, the Bank shall compute the net asset value per share of the Fund and the average weekly managed assets of the Fund (as that term is defined in the Fund's Registration Statement on Form N-2) and shall value the securities held by the Fund (the "Securities") at such times and dates and in the manner specified in the then currently effective Prospectus of the Fund, except that notwithstanding any language in the Prospectus, in no event shall the Bank be required to determine, or have any obligations with respect to, whether a bid, offer, or market value for a security supplied by a vendor described in paragraph 9 below represents any fair or true value, nor shall the Bank have any duty or obligation to adjust any value supplied by any such vendor to reflect any events or announcements, including, without limitation, those with respect to the issuer of such security, nor any lapse of time, it being agreed that all such determinations and considerations shall be solely for the Fund. The Fund understands and acknowledges that certain bid, offer, or market values supplied by a vendor described in paragraph 9 below may not reflect actual market values nor market values necessarily appropriate for the calculation of net asset value.

        4.     To the extent valuation of Securities or computation of the Fund's net asset value in the manner specified in the Fund's then currently effective Prospectus is at any time inconsistent with any applicable laws or regulations, the Fund shall immediately so notify the Bank in writing and thereafter shall either furnish the Bank at all appropriate times with the values of such Securities and the Fund's net asset value, or subject to the prior approval of the Bank, instruct the Bank in writing to value Securities and compute the Fund's net asset value in a manner which the Fund then represents in writing to be consistent with all applicable laws and regulations. The Fund may also from time to time, subject to the prior approval of the Bank, instruct the Bank in writing to compute the value of the Securities or the Fund's net asset value in a manner other than as specified in paragraph 3 of this Agreement. By giving such instruction, the Fund shall be deemed to have represented that such instruction is consistent with all applicable laws and regulations and the then currently effective Prospectus of the Fund. The Fund shall have sole responsibility for determining the method of valuation of Securities and the method of computing the Fund's net asset value.

        5.     The Fund shall furnish the Bank with any and all instructions, explanations, information, specifications and documentation deemed necessary by the Bank in the performance of its duties hereunder, including, without limitation, the amounts or written formula for calculating the amounts and times of accrual of Fund liabilities and expenses. The Bank shall not be required to include as Fund liabilities and expenses, nor as a reduction of net asset value, any accrual for any federal, state, or foreign income taxes unless the Fund shall have specified to the Bank the precise amount of the same to be included in liabilities and expenses or used to reduce net asset value. The Fund shall also furnish the Bank with bid, offer, or market values of Securities if the Bank notifies the Fund that same are not available to the Bank from a security pricing or similar service utilized, or subscribed to, by the Bank which the Bank in its judgment deems reliable at the time such information is required for calculations



hereunder. At any time and from time to time, the Fund also may furnish the Bank with bid, offer, or market values of Securities and instruct the Bank to use such information in its calculations hereunder. The Bank shall at no time be required or obligated to commence or maintain any utilization of, or subscriptions to, any securities pricing or similar service.

        6.     The Bank shall advise the Fund, the Fund's custodian and the Fund's transfer agent of the net asset value of the Fund upon completion of the computations required to be made by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

        7.     The Bank shall, as agent for the Fund, maintain and keep current the books, accounts and other documents, if any, listed in Appendix A hereto and made a part hereof, as such Appendix A may be amended from time to time, and preserve any such books, accounts and other documents in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 31a-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Rules"). Such books, accounts and other documents shall be made available upon reasonable request for inspection by officers, employees and auditors of the Fund during the Bank's normal business hours.

        8.     All records maintained and preserved by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement which the Fund is required to maintain and preserve in accordance with the above-mentioned Rules shall be and remain the property of the Fund and shall be surrendered to the Fund promptly upon request in the form in which such records have been maintained and preserved. Upon reasonable request of the Fund, the Bank shall provide in hard copy or on micro-film, whichever the Bank shall elect, any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by the Bank on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained, and the Fund shall reimburse the Bank for its expenses of providing such hard copy or micro-film.

        9.     The Bank, in performing the services required of it under the terms of this Agreement, shall be entitled to rely fully on the accuracy and validity of any and all instructions, explanations, information, specifications and documentation furnished to it by the Fund are reasonably believed to be genuine and shall have no duty or obligation to review the accuracy, validity or propriety of such instructions, explanations, information, specifications or documentation, including, without limitation, evaluations of Securities; the amounts or formula for calculating the amounts and times of accrual of the Fund's liabilities and expenses; the amounts receivable and the amounts payable on the sale or purchase of Securities; and amounts receivable or amounts payable for the sale or repurchase of Fund shares effected by or on behalf of the Fund. In the event the Bank's computations hereunder rely, in whole or in part, upon information, including, without limitation, bid, offer or market values of Securities or other assets, or accruals of interest or earnings thereon, from a pricing or similar service utilized, or subscribed to, by the Bank which the Bank in its judgment deems reliable, the Bank shall not be responsible for, under any duty to inquire into, or deemed to make any assurances with respect to, the accuracy or completeness of such information provided that an officer of the Fund has advised the Bank in writing that such pricing service has been pre-approved by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

         10.  The Bank shall not be required to inquire into any valuation of Securities or other assets by the Fund or any third party described in preceding paragraph 9 hereof, even though the Bank in performing services similar to the services provided pursuant to this Agreement for others may receive different valuations of the same or different securities of the same issuers.

         11.  The Bank, in performing the services required of it under the terms of this Agreement, shall not be responsible for determining whether any interest accruable to the Fund is or will be actually paid, but will accrue such interest until otherwise instructed by the Fund.

         12.  The Bank shall not be responsible for delays or errors which occur by reason of circumstances beyond its control in the performance of its duties under this Agreement resulting from mechanical breakdowns, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, failures of transportation, communication or power

2



supply, or other similar circumstances. Nor shall the Bank be responsible for delays or failures to supply the information or services specified in this Agreement where such delays or failures are caused by the failure of any person(s) other than the Bank to supply any instructions, explanations, information, specifications or documentation deemed necessary by the Bank in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

         13.  No provision of this Agreement shall prevent the Bank from offering services similar or identical to those covered by this Agreement to any other corporations, associations or entities of any kind. Any and all operational procedures, techniques and devices developed by the Bank in connection with the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including those developed in conjunction with the Fund, shall be and remain the property of the Bank, and the Bank shall be free to employ such procedures, techniques and devices in connection with the performance of any other contract with any other person whether or not such contract is similar or identical to this Agreement.

         14.  The Bank may, with respect to questions of law, apply to and obtain the advice and opinion of counsel to the Fund or its own counsel and shall be entitled to rely on the advice or opinion of such counsel.

         15.  Bank shall send to the Fund reports on its systems of internal controls as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

         16.  The Bank shall be entitled to rely upon any oral instructions received by the Bank and reasonably believed by the Bank to be given by or on behalf of the Fund, even if the Bank subsequently receives written instructions contradicting such oral instructions. The books and records of the Bank with respect to the content of any oral instruction shall be binding and conclusive.

         17.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, the Bank shall have no duty or obligation with respect to, including, without limitation, any duty or obligation to determine, or advise or notify the Fund of: (a) the taxable nature of any distribution or amount received or deemed received by, or payable to, the Fund; (b) the taxable nature or effect on the Fund or its shareholders of any corporate actions, class actions, tax reclaims, tax refunds, or similar events; (c) the taxable nature or taxable amount of any distribution or dividend paid, payable or deemed paid, by the Fund to its shareholders; or (d) the effect under any federal, state, or foreign income tax laws of the Fund making or not making any distribution or dividend payment, or any election with respect thereto.

         18.  The Bank shall not be liable for any loss, damage or expense, including counsel fees and other costs and expenses of a defense against any claim or liability, resulting from, arising out of, or in connection with its performance hereunder, including its actions or omissions, the incompleteness or inaccuracy of any specifications or other information furnished by the Fund, or for delays caused by circumstances beyond the Bank's control as specified in paragraph 12, unless such loss, damage or expense arises out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. In no event shall the Bank be liable to the Company or any third party for special, indirect, or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising under or in connection with this Agreement, even if previously informed of the possibility of such damages and regardless of the form of action.

         19.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Fund shall indemnify the Bank against and save the Bank harmless from any loss, damage or expense, including counsel fees and other costs and expenses of a defense against any claim or liability, arising from any one or more of the following:

3


         20.  In consideration for all of the services to be performed by the Bank as set forth herein the Bank shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses and such compensation as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time between the Bank and the Fund.

         21.  Attached hereto as Appendix B is a list of persons duly authorized by the Board of Trustees of the Fund to execute this Agreement and give any written or oral instructions, or written or oral specifications, by or on behalf of the Fund. From time to time the Fund may deliver a new Appendix B to add or delete any person and the Bank shall be entitled to rely on the last Appendix B actually received by the Bank.

         22.  The Fund represents and warrants to the Bank that it has all requisite power to execute and deliver this Agreement, to give any written or oral instructions contemplated hereby, and to perform the actions or obligations contemplated to be performed by it hereunder, and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery, and performance.

         23.  This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the prior written consent of the Bank, or by the Bank without the prior written consent of the Fund.

         24.  Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date of giving of such notice. Upon the date set forth in such notice, the Bank shall deliver to the Fund all records then the property of the Fund and, upon such delivery, the Bank shall be relieved of all duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

         25.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed on behalf of both parties hereto.

         26.  This Agreement is executed in the State of New York and all laws and rules of construction of the State of New York (other than those relating to choice of laws) shall govern the rights, duties and obligations of the parties hereto. The Fund and the Bank hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal courts situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such preceding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient form. The Fund and the Bank each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

         27.  The performance and provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Bank and the Fund, and no rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement.

4



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

        BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

 

 

 

 

By:

 

    

            Name:   Henry Gabbay
            Title:   Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    


 

 

 

 

 

 
Name:   Vincent Tritto            
Title:   Secretary            

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

By:

 

    

            Name:    
            Title:    

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    


 

 

 

 

 

 
Name:                
Title:                

5


APPENDIX A TO FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
AND
BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

           I.  The Bank of New York (the "Bank"), as agent for BlackRock Health Sciences Trust (the "Fund"), shall maintain the following records for the Fund on a daily or weekly basis

          II.  The Bank shall maintain the following records for the Fund on a monthly basis:

        III.  The Bank shall prepare a Holdings Ledger on a quarterly basis, and a Buy-Sell Ledger (Broker's Ledger) on a semiannual basis for the Fund. Schedule D shall be produced on an annual basis for the Fund.

        The above reports may be printed according to any other required frequency to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Service, The Securities and Exchange Commission and the Fund's Auditors.

         IV.  For internal control over financial reporting purposes, the Bank uses the Account Journals produced by The Bank of New York Custody System to record daily settlements of the following for each Series:


        All portfolio purchases for the Fund are recorded to reflect expected maturity value and total cost including any prepaid interest.

2


APPENDIX B

        I, the Secretary of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, of Delaware statutory trust (the "Fund"), do hereby certify that:

        The following individuals serve in the following positions with the Fund, and each has been duly elected or appointed by the Board of Trustees of the Fund to each such position and qualified therefor in conformity with the Fund's Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, and the signatures set forth opposite their respective names are their true and correct signatures. Each such person is authorized to give written or oral instructions or written or oral specifications by or on behalf of the Fund to the Bank.


Name

 

Position

 

Signature



 



 


3




QuickLinks

FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

Exhibit 99(l)

         SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
FOUR TIMES SQUARE
NEW YORK, NY 10036-6522

(212) 735-3000

March 25, 2005

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as special counsel to BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, a statutory trust created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the "Trust"), in connection with the issuance and sale by the Trust of up to 8,200,000 shares (including shares subject to an over-allotment option) of the Trust's common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share (the "Common Shares").

        This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit L of the Form N-2 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").

        In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Notification of Registration of the Trust as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, dated January 21, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on January 21, 2005, (ii) the Registration Statement of the Trust on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-122225 and 811-21702), as filed with the Commission on January 21, 2005, and as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto on February 28, 2005 and Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 thereto on the date hereof under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (such Registration Statement, as so amended and proposed to be amended, being hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement"); (iii) the form of the Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") proposed to be entered into between the Trust, as issuer, BlackRock Advisors, Inc., as investment adviser to the Trust, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (the "Underwriters"), filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; (iv) a specimen certificate representing the Common Shares; (v) the Certificate of Trust of the Trust, as filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on January 19, 2005; (vi) the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of January 19, 2005 and as currently in effect (the "Agreement and Declaration of Trust"); (vii) the By-Laws of the Trust, as currently in effect; and (viii) certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust relating to the issuance and sale of the Common Shares and related matters. We also have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Trust and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Trust and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.

        In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In making our examination of documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Trust, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties. We also have assumed that the Purchase



Agreement will be executed and delivered in substantially the form reviewed by us and that the share certificates representing the Common Shares will conform to the specimen examined by us and will have been signed manually or by facsimile by an authorized officer of the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein which we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Trust and others.

        Members of our firm are admitted to the bar in the State of Delaware and we do not express any opinion as to any laws other than the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

        Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act; (ii) the Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered; and (iii) certificates representing the Common Shares in the form of the specimen certificate examined by us have been manually signed by an authorized officer of the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar, and have been delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters at a price per share not less than the per share par value of the Common Shares as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Common Shares will have been duly authorized, and the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

        We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Opinions" in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

2




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(n)


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust on Form N-2 (Securities Act Registration No. 333-12225 and Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-21702) of our report dated March 16, 2005 relating to the financial statements of BlackRock Health Sciences Trust as of March 10, 2005 and for the period from January 19, 2005 (date of inception) to March 10, 2005 appearing in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 25, 2005




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99(p)


SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

        THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 10 th day of March, 2005, between BlackRock Health Sciences Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the "Trust"), and BlackRock Funding, Inc. (the "Purchaser").

        THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

        1.    PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

        1.1    SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trustees agree to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trustees 4,817 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the "Shares") at a price per Share of $23.875 for an aggregate purchase price of $115,006.

        2.    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER.    The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:

        2.1    PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.    This Agreement is made by the Trustees with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser's representation to the Trustees, which by the Purchaser's execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser's own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times by within its control. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

        2.2    INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.    The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. The Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act").

        2.3    RESTRICTED SECURITIES.    The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as "restricted securities" under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trustees in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances. In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.

        2.4    FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.    The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:


        2.5    LEGENDS.    It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:

        The Purchaser and the Trustees agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder's request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.

        2.6    COUNTERPARTS.    This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

    BLACKROCK HEALTH SCIENCES TRUST

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES KONG       
Name: James Kong
Title: Assistant Treasurer

 

 

BLACKROCK FUNDING, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ANNE F. ACKERLEY       
Name: Anne F. Ackerley
Title: Managing Director

3




QuickLinks

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99.(r)(1)


THE BLACKROCK CLOSED END TRUSTS
CODE OF ETHICS

I.     Introduction.

        The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to prevent Access Persons (as defined below) of The BlackRock Closed End Trusts (the "Trusts") from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-l (the "Rule") under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Act"). This Code of Ethics is required by paragraph (c) of the Rule. A copy of the Rule is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix 1.

        Access Persons of the Trusts, in conducting their personal securities transactions, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the Trusts. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Access Person's interest and the interests of the Trusts, or any abuse of an Access Person's position of trust and responsibility. Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities could include buying or selling securities based on knowledge of the Trust's trading position or plans (sometimes referred to as front-running), and acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading judgments on behalf of the Trusts. While this Code of Ethics is designed to address identified conflicts and potential conflicts, it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all potential situations and, in this regard, Access Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter, but also the spirit, of the policies contained herein.

II.    Definitions.

        In order to understand how this Code of Ethics applies to particular persons and transactions, familiarity with the key terms and concepts used in this Code of Ethics is necessary. Those key terms and concepts are:

1


III.  Restrictions Applicable to Directors, Officers and Employees of BlackRock.

        1.     All Directors, officers and employees of BlackRock's investment advisory companies shall be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the BlackRock Code, respectively, as if fully set forth herein.

        2.     Persons subject to this Section III shall not be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in Sections IV. and V. below.

IV.    Prohibitions; Exemptions.

        1.     Prohibited Purchases and Sales.     

        B.    No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which that Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction would acquire, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to the actual knowledge of that Access Person at the time of such purchase or sale:

2


        1.     Exemptions From Certain Prohibitions.     

        A.    The prohibited purchase and sale transactions described in paragraph IV.1 above do not apply to the following personal securities transactions:

        3.     Prohibited Recommendations.     

        An Access Person may not recommend the purchase or sale of any Covered Security to or for the Trusts without having disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such security or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:

        3.     Pre-approval of Investments in Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings.     

        A.    No Investment Personnel shall purchase any security (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an initial public offering ("IPO") or a Limited Offering unless an officer of the Trusts approves the transaction in advance. The Secretary shall maintain a written record of any decisions to permit these transactions, along with the reasons supporting the decision.

V.     Reporting.

        1.     Initial Holdings Reports.     

        No later than ten (10) days after a person becomes an Access Person (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person), he or she must report to the Trusts the following information:

3


        2.     Quarterly Reporting.     

        A.    Every Access Person shall either report to the Trusts the information described in paragraphs B and C below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security or, in the alternative, make the representation in paragraph D below.

        B.    Every report shall be made not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:

        C.    With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, an Access Person shall provide a report to the Trusts containing the following information:

        D.    If no transactions were conducted by an Access Person during a calendar quarter that are subject to the reporting requirements described above, such Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of that calendar quarter, provide a written representation to that effect to the Trusts.

        1.     Annual Reporting.     

        A.    Every Access Person shall report to the Trusts the information described in paragraph B below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.

4



        B.    Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):

        2.     Exceptions to Reporting Requirements.     

        A.    An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control; provided, however, that if the Access Person is relying upon the provisions of this paragraph 4(A) to avoid making such a report, the Access Person shall, not later than 10 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify any such account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had no direct or indirect influence over any such account.

        B.    An independent trustee of the Trusts who would be required to make a report pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above solely by reason of being a trustee of the Trusts is not required to make an initial holdings report under paragraph 1 above and an annual report under paragraph 3 above, and is only required to make a quarterly report under paragraph 2 above if the independent trustee, at the time of the transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the independent trustee's official duties as a trustee of the Trusts, should have known that (a) the Trusts has engaged in a transaction in the same security within the last 15 days or is engaging or going to engage in a transaction in the same security within the next 15 days, or (b) the Trusts or BlackRock has within the last 15 days considered a transaction in the same security or is considering a transaction in the same security or within the next 15 days is going to consider a transaction in the same security.

        1.     Annual Certification.     

        A.    All Access Persons are required to certify that they have read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject to the provisions hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein. Further, all Access Persons are required to certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and that they have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such policies. A copy of the certification form to be used in complying with this paragraph A is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix 4.

        B.    The Trusts and BlackRock shall prepare an annual report to the Board of Trustees of the Trusts to be presented at the first regular meeting of the Board after March 31 of each year and which shall:

5


        2.     Notification of Reporting Obligation and Review of Reports.     

        Each Access Person shall receive a copy of this Code of Ethics and be notified of his or her reporting obligations. All reports shall be promptly submitted upon completion to the Trust's Secretary who shall review such reports.

        3.     Miscellaneous.     

        A.    Any report under this Code of Ethics may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making the report that the person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities to which the report relates.

IV.    Confidentiality.

        No Access Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of the Trusts) any information regarding securities transactions by the Trusts or consideration by the Trusts or BlackRock of any such securities transaction.

        All information obtained from any Access Person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.

VII. Sanctions.

        Upon discovering a violation of this Code of Ethics, the Board of Trustees of the Trusts may impose any sanctions it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, the suspension or termination of any trustee, officer or employee of the Trusts, or the recommendation to the employer of the violator of the suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.

6



Appendix 1

Rule 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940

A-1



Appendix 2

        The following are "Access Persons" for purposes of the foregoing Code of Ethics:

Name

  Title


 

 

 
Trustees    

Ralph L. Schlosstein

 

Chairman/Trustee
Andrew F. Brimmer   Trustee
Richard E. Cavanagh   Trustee
Kent Dixon   Trustee
Frank J. Fabozzi   Trustee
Kathleen F. Feldstein   Trustee
R. Glenn Hubbard   Trustee
Robert S. Kapito   Trustee
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.   Trustee
Walter F. Mondale   Trustee

Officers

 

 

Robert S. Kapito

 

President
Kevin Klingert   Vice President (Municipals Only)
Anne Ackerley   Vice President
Richard M. Shea   Vice President/Tax
Henry Gabbay   Treasurer
James Kong   Assistant Treasurer
Vincent Tritto   Secretary
Brian Kindelan   Assistant Secretary

A-2



Appendix 3

Rule 16a-l(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

A-3



Appendix 4

CERTIFICATION FORM

        This is to certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of the BlackRock Closed End Trusts approved in February 2005, and that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions thereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated therein.

        This is to further certify that I have complied with the requirements of such Code of Ethics and that I have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such Code of Ethics.


Please sign your name here:

 

 
   

Please print your name here:

 

 
   

Please date here:

 

 
   

        Please sign two copies of this Certification Form, return one copy to Mr. Bart Battista, Chief Compliance Officer, BlackRock Advisors, Inc., 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022, and retain the other copy, together with a copy of the Code of Ethics, for your records.

A-4




QuickLinks

THE BLACKROCK CLOSED END TRUSTS CODE OF ETHICS
Appendix 1 Rule 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940
Appendix 2
Appendix 3 Rule 16a-l(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Appendix 4 CERTIFICATION FORM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Ex-99.(r)(2)

EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY

FOR

BLACKROCK INVESTMENT ADVISER COMPANIES

EFFECTIVE MARCH 1, 2000



EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS   i

I.

PREAMBLE

 

1

 

A.

General Principles

 

1

 

B.

The General Scope Of The Policy's Application To Personal Investment Transactions

 

3

 

C.

The Organization Of This Policy

 

3

 

D.

Questions

 

4

II.

PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

 

4

 

A.

In General

 

4

 

B.

Reporting Obligations

 

4

 

 

1.

Use Of Broker-Dealers And Futures Commission Merchants

 

4

 

 

2.

Initial Report

 

4

 

 

3.

New Accounts

 

5

 

 

4.

Timely Reporting Of Investment Transactions

 

6

 

 

5.

Related Accounts

 

6

 

 

6.

Annual Holdings Report

 

6

 

 

7.

Exemptions From Reporting

 

7

 

C.

Prohibited Or Restricted Investment Transactions

 

7

 

 

1.

Initial Public Offerings

 

7

 

 

2.

Private Placements

 

8

 

D.

Investment Transactions Requiring Prior Notification

 

8

 

 

1.

Prior Notification Procedure

 

8

 

 

2.

Exemptions From Prior Notification

 

9

 

 

 

(a)

Transactions Exempt From Prior Notification

 

9

 

 

 

(b)

Securities Exempt From Prior Notification

 

10

 

 

 

(c)

Futures Contracts Exempt From Prior Notification

 

10

 

E.

Ban On Short-Term Trading Profits

 

10
             

i



 

F.

Blackout Periods

 

11

 

 

1.

Specific Blackout Periods

 

11

 

 

2.

Exemptions From Blackout Restrictions

 

11

III.

INSIDE INFORMATION AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

 

12

 

A.

Inside Information

 

12

 

B.

Service As A Director

 

12

IV.

EXEMPTIONS

 

12

V.

COMPLIANCE

 

13

 

A.

Certifications

 

13

 

 

1.

Upon Receipt Of This Policy

 

13

 

 

2.

Annual Certificate Of Compliance

 

13

 

B.

Supervisory Procedures

 

13

 

 

1.

The Compliance Committee

 

13

 

 

2.

The Compliance Officer

 

14

 

 

3.

Post-Trade Monitoring And Investigations

 

14

 

 

4.

Remedial Actions

 

15

 

 

5.

Reports Of Material Violations

 

15

 

 

6.

Annual Reports

 

15

VI.

EFFECTIVE DATE

 

15

APPENDICES

I.
Definitions Of Capitalized Terms

II.
Acknowledgment Of Receipt Of The Policy

III.
Annual Certification Of Compliance With The Policy

III-A.
Annual Holdings Report

IV.
Initial Report Of Accounts

V-A.
Request For Duplicate Broker Reports (For persons not associated with BlackRock Investments, Inc.)

V-B.
Request For Duplicate Broker Reports (For persons associated with BlackRock Investments, Inc.)

VI.
Investment Transaction Prior Notification Form

VII.
Fully Discretionary Account Form

ii



EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY

FOR BLACKROCK, INVESTMENT ADVISER COMPANIES

I.     PREAMBLE

        A.     GENERAL PRINCIPLES     

        This Employee Investment Transaction Policy (the "Policy") is based on the principle that you, as an officer, director or other Advisory Employee of an Advisor affiliated with BlackRock, Inc. ("BlackRock"), owe a fiduciary duty of undivided loyalty to the registered investment companies, institutional investment clients, personal trusts and estates, guardianships, employee benefit trusts, and other Advisory Clients which that Advisor serves. (1) Accordingly, you must avoid transactions, activities, and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of those Advisory Clients.


(1)
This Policy uses a number of CAPITALIZED TERMS, e.g., Advisor, Advisory Client, Advisory Employee, Beneficial Ownership, Exempt Security, Fixed Income Security, Fully Discretionary Account, Futures Contract, Immediate Family, Investment Transaction, Personal Account, Portfolio Employee, Portfolio Manager, Related Account, and Security. The first time a capitalized term is used, a definition is stated in the text or in a footnote. The full definitions of these capitalized terms are set forth in Appendix I. TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER THE POLICY, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU REVIEW AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE DEFINITIONS OF CAPITALIZED TERMS IN APPENDIX I. As indicated in Appendix I:


        At all times, you must observe the following GENERAL PRINCIPLES:


(2)
For purposes of this Policy, the term "INVESTMENT TRANSACTION" means any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest.

(3)
The term "PORTFOLIO EMPLOYEE" means a Portfolio Manager or an Advisory Employee who provides information or advice to a Portfolio Manager, who helps execute a Portfolio Manager's decisions, or who directly supervises a Portfolio Manager. The term "PORTFOLIO MANAGER" means any employee of an Advisor who has the authority, whether sole or shared or only from time to time, to make investment decisions or to direct trades affecting an Advisory Client.

2


        B.     THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE POLICY'S APPLICATION TO PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS     

        Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, requires REPORTING of all personal Investment Transactions in Securities (other than certain "Exempt Securities") by Advisory Employees, whether or not they are Securities that might be purchased or sold by or on behalf of an Advisory Client. This Policy implements that reporting requirement.

        However, since a primary purpose of the Policy is to avoid conflicts of interest arising from personal Investment Transactions in Securities and other instruments that are held or might be acquired on behalf of Advisory Clients, this Policy only places RESTRICTIONS on personal Investment Transactions in such investments. This Policy also requires reporting and restricts personal Investment Transactions in certain Futures Contracts which, although they are not Securities, are instruments that Advisors buy and sell for Advisory Clients.

        Although this Policy applies to all officers, directors and other Advisory Employees of BlackRock, the Policy recognizes that Portfolio Managers, and the other Portfolio Employees who provide them with advice and who execute their decisions, occupy more sensitive positions than other Advisory Employees, and that it is appropriate to subject their personal Investment Transactions to greater restrictions.

        C.     THE ORGANIZATION OF THIS POLICY     

        The remainder of this Policy is divided into four main topics. Section II concerns PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS. Section III describes restrictions that apply to Advisory Employees who receive INSIDE INFORMATION or seek to serve on a BOARD OF DIRECTORS OR SIMILAR GOVERNING BODY. Section IV outlines the procedure for seeking case-by-case EXEMPTIONS from the Policy's requirements. Section V summarizes the methods for ensuring

3



COMPLIANCE under this Policy. In addition, the following APPENDICES are also a part of this Policy:

        D.     QUESTIONS     

        Questions regarding this Policy should be addressed to the Compliance Officer. If you have any question regarding the interpretation of this Policy or its application to a potential Investment Transaction, you should consult the Compliance Officer BEFORE you execute that transaction.

II.    PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

        A.     IN GENERAL     

        Subject to the limited exceptions described below, you are required to REPORT all Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts made by you, a member of your Immediate Family, a trust or an investment club in which you have an interest, or on behalf of any account in which you have an interest or which you direct. (4) In addition, you must provide PRIOR NOTIFICATION of certain Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts that an Advisor holds or may acquire on behalf of an Advisory Client. (The exercise of an option is an Investment Transaction for purposes of these requirements.) The details of these reporting and prior notification requirements are described below.


(4)
The term "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" means any of the following persons who RESIDE IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD OR WHO DEPEND ON YOU FOR BASIC LIVING SUPPORT: your spouse, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

        B.     REPORTING OBLIGATIONS     

4



(5)
The term "PERSONAL ACCOUNT" means the following accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest:

    any account in your individual name;

    any joint or tenant-in-common account in which you have an interest or are a participant;

    any account for which you act as trustee, executor, or custodian; and

    any account over which you have investment discretion or have the power (whether or not exercised) to direct the acquisition or disposition of Securities or Futures Contracts (other than an Advisory Client's account that you manage or over which you have investment discretion), including the accounts of any individual or entity that is managed or controlled directly or indirectly by or through you, such as the account of an investment club to which you belong. There is a presumption that you can control accounts held by members of your Immediate Family sharing the same household. This presumption may be rebutted only by convincing evidence.

5


6



(6)
The term "FULLY DISCRETIONARY ACCOUNT" means a Personal Account or Related Account managed or held by a broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, investment advisor or trustee as to which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member: (a) exercises any investment discretion; (b) suggests or receives notice of transactions prior to their execution; and (c) you do not otherwise has any direct or indirect influence or control. In addition, to qualify as a Fully Discretionary Account, the individual broker, registered representative or merchant responsible for that account must not be responsible for nor receive advance notice of any purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client. To qualify an account as a Fully Discretionary Account, the Compliance Officer must receive and approve a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII, that the account meets the foregoing qualifications as a Fully Discretionary Account.

(7)
The term "EXEMPT SECURITY" means any Security (as defined in Appendix I) not included within the definition of Security in SEC Rule 17j-1(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including:

      1.
      A direct obligation of the Government of the United States;

      2.
      Shares of registered open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds); and

      3.
      High quality short-term debt instruments, including, but not limited to, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

        C.     PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS     

7


        D.     INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS REQUIRING PRIOR NOTIFICATION     

        You must give prior notification to the Compliance Officer of ANY Investment Transaction in Securities or Futures Contracts in a Personal Account or Related Account, or in which you otherwise have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest, UNLESS that Investment Transaction, Security or Futures Contract falls into one of the following categories that are identified as "exempt from prior notification." The purpose of prior notification is to permit the Compliance Officer and the Compliance Committee to take reasonable steps to investigate whether that Investment Transaction is in accordance with this Policy. Satisfaction of the prior notification requirement does not, however, constitute approval or authorization of any Investment Transaction for which you have given prior notification. As a result, the primary responsibility for compliance with this Policy rests with you.


(..continued)
See Appendix I for a more complete definition of "Exempt Security."

8



(8)
The term "RELATED SECURITY" means, as to any Security, any instrument related in value to that Security, including, but not limited to, any option or warrant to purchase or sell that Security, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for that Security.

9


        E.     BAN ON SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS     

        You may not profit from the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, within 60 calendar days, of the same Securities and/or Related Security. Any such short-term trade must be reversed or unwound, or if that is not practical, the profits must be disgorged and distributed in a manner determined by the Compliance Committee.

        This short-term trading ban does NOT apply to Investment Transactions in Exempt Securities (as defined in Appendix I) or in Futures Contracts. This ban also does NOT apply to a purchase or sale in connection with a Transaction Exempt From Prior Notification (as described above in Section II.D.2.(a)), a transaction in a Fully Discretionary Account or a transaction exempt from the "blackout" periods pursuant to Section II.F.2 below.

        You are considered to profit from a short-term trade if Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership (including Securities held by Immediate Family members) are sold for more than their purchase price, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities.

10



        F.     BLACKOUT PERIODS     

        Your ability to engage in certain Investment Transactions may be prohibited or restricted during the "blackout" periods described below:


(9)
SEC Rule 17j-1 places restrictions on the purchase or sale of any "security held or to be acquired" by a registered investment company. Rule 17j-1(a)(10) defines a "security held or to be acquired" by a registered investment company as including any security which, within the most recent 15 days, "is being or has been considered by such company or its investment adviser for purchase by such company."

      c.
      Finally, if you are a PORTFOLIO MANAGER, you may not purchase or sell a Security, a Related Security, or Futures Contract within 7 CALENDAR DAYS before or after a transaction in that Security, a Related Security, or Futures Contract, by an Advisory Client for which you are responsible (the "7-Day Blackout Period").

For Portfolio Employees or Portfolio Managers, the Compliance Officer will not give such notice until any applicable 15-Day Blackout Period or 7-Day Blackout Period has expired or any required approvals or exemptions have been obtained. An Investment Transaction that violates one of these Blackout restrictions must be reversed or unwound, or if that is not practical, the profits must be disgorged and distributed in a manner determined by the Compliance Committee.

11


III.  INSIDE INFORMATION AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

        A.     INSIDE INFORMATION     

        As an employee of a subsidiary of PNC and BlackRock, Inc., you must comply with the PNC Insider Trading Policy and the BlackRock, Inc. Insider Trading Policy. A copy of the PNC Insider Trading Policy is included in Section E of the PNC Code of Ethics. A copy of the BlackRock, Inc. Insider Trading Policy was furnished to all employees at the time of its adoption and is furnished to all new employees at the commencement of their employment. In addition, as an Advisory Employee, you must notify the General Counsel of BlackRock if you receive or expect to receive material non-public information about an entity that issues securities. The General Counsel will determine the restrictions, if any, that will apply to your communications and activities while in possession of that information. In general, those restrictions will include:

The General Counsel, in cooperation with the Compliance Officer, will maintain a "restricted list" of entities about which Advisory Employees may have material non-public information. This "restricted list" will be available to the Compliance Officer when he or she conducts investigations or reviews related to the Prior Notification Procedure described previously in Section II(D)(1) or the Post-Trade Monitoring process described below in Section V(B)(3).

        B.     SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR     

        You may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of any entity unless you have received the prior written approval of the General Counsel of PNC, to the extent such approval is required under the terms of the PNC Code of Ethics, and the General Counsel of BlackRock. If permitted to serve on a governing board, an Advisory Employee will be isolated from those Advisory Employees who make investment decisions regarding the securities of that entity, through a "Chinese wall" or other procedures determined by the General Counsel of BlackRock. In general, the "Chinese wall" or other procedures will include:

Any entity on whose board an Advisory Employee serves will be included on the "restricted list" referenced in subsection A, above.

IV.    EXEMPTIONS

        The Compliance Committee, in its discretion, may grant case-by-case exceptions to any of the foregoing requirements, restrictions or prohibitions, except that the Compliance Committee may not exempt any Investment Transaction in a Security (other than an Exempt Security) or a Futures Contract from the Policy's reporting requirements. Exemptions from the Policy's prior notification requirements and from the Policy's restrictions on acquisitions in initial public offerings, short-term trading and trading during blackout periods will require a determination by the Compliance Committee that the exempted transaction does not involve a realistic possibility of violating the general principles described at the beginning of this Policy. An application for a case-by-case exemption, in accordance with this paragraph, should be made IN WRITING to the Compliance Officer, who will promptly forward that written request to the members of the Compliance Committee.

12


V.     COMPLIANCE

        A.     CERTIFICATIONS     

        B.     SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES     

13


14


VI.   EFFECTIVE DATE

        The provisions of this Policy will take effect on October 1, 1998. Amendments to this Policy will take effect at the time such amendments are promulgated and distributed to the Advisory Employees governed by this Policy.

15



APPENDIX I
DEFINITIONS OF CAPITALIZED TERMS

        The following definitions apply to the capitalized terms used in the Policy:

ADVISOR

        The term "Advisor" means any entity affiliated with BlackRock, whether now in existence or formed after the date hereof, that is registered as (i) an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or (ii) a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than any such investment advisor or broker-dealer that has adopted its own employee investment transaction policy.

ADVISORY CLIENT

        The term "Advisory Client" means a registered investment company, an institutional investment client, a personal trust or estate, a guardianship, an employee benefit trust, or another client with which the Advisor by which you are employed or with which you are associated has an investment management, advisory or sub-advisory contract or relationship.

ADVISORY EMPLOYEE

        The term "Advisory Employee" means an officer, director, or employee of an Advisor, or any other person identified as a "control person" on the Form ADV or the Form BD filed by the Advisor with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (1) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, generates, participates in, or obtains information regarding that Advisor's purchase or sale of a Security by or on behalf of an Advisory Client; (2) whose regular functions or duties relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; or (3) who obtains information or exercises influence concerning investment recommendations made to an Advisory Client of that Advisor or who has line oversight or management responsibilities over employees who obtain such information or who exercise such influence.

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

        As a GENERAL MATTER, you are considered to have a "Beneficial Ownership" interest in a Security or Futures Contract if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in that Security. YOU ARE PRESUMED TO HAVE A BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN ANY SECURITY OR FUTURES CONTRACT HELD, INDIVIDUALLY OR JOINTLY, BY YOU AND/OR BY A MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY (AS DEFINED BELOW). In addition, unless specifically excepted by the Compliance Officer based on a showing that your interest or control is sufficiently attenuated to avoid the possibility of a conflict, you will be considered to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security or Futures Contract held by: (1) a JOINT ACCOUNT to which you are a party, (2) a PARTNERSHIP in which you are a general partner, (3) a LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY in which you are a manager-member, or (4) a TRUST in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has a pecuniary interest. Although you may have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security or Futures Contract held in a Fully Discretionary Account (as defined below), the application of this Policy to such a Security or Futures Contract may be modified by the special exemptions provided for Fully Discretionary Accounts.

        As a TECHNICAL MATTER, the term "Beneficial Ownership" for purposes of this Policy will be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under SEC Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person has beneficial ownership of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

BLACKROCK

        The term "BlackRock" means BlackRock, Inc.



COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

        The term "Compliance Committee" means the committee of persons who have responsibility for implementing, monitoring and reviewing the Policy, in accordance with Section V(B)(1) of the Policy.

COMPLIANCE OFFICER

        The term "Compliance Officer" means the person designated by the Compliance Committee as responsible for the day-to-day administration of the Policy in accordance with Section V(B)(2) of the Policy.

DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS

        The term "Duplicate Broker Reports" means duplicate copies of confirmations of transactions in your Personal or Related Accounts and of periodic statements for those accounts.

EXEMPT SECURITY

        The term "Exempt Security" means any Security (as defined below) not included within the definition of Security in SEC Rule 17j-1(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including:

FIXED INCOME SECURITIES

        For purposes of this Policy, the term "Fixed Income Securities" means fixed income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States, corporate debt Securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed Securities, fixed income Securities issued by state or local governments or the political subdivisions thereof, structured notes and loan participations, foreign government debt Securities, and debt Securities of international agencies or supranational agencies. For purposes of this Policy, the term "Fixed Income Securities" will not be interpreted to include U.S. Government Securities or any other Exempt Security (as defined above).

FULLY DISCRETIONARY ACCOUNT

        The term "Fully Discretionary Account" means a Personal Account or Related Account (as defined below) managed or held by a broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, investment advisor or trustee as to which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member (as defined below): (a) exercises any investment discretion; (b) suggests or receives notice of transactions prior to their execution; and (c) otherwise has any direct or indirect influence or control. In addition, to qualify as a Fully Discretionary Account, the individual broker, registered representative or merchant responsible for that account must not be responsible for nor receive advance notice of any purchase or sale of a Security or

A-2



Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client. To qualify an account as a Fully Discretionary Account, the Compliance Officer must receive and approve a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII, that the account meets the foregoing qualifications as a Fully Discretionary Account.

FUTURES CONTRACT

        The term "Futures Contract" includes (a) a futures contract and an option on a futures contract traded on a U.S. or foreign board of trade, such as the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Mercantile Exchange, or the London International Financial Futures Exchange (a "Publicly-Traded Futures Contract"), as well as (b) a forward contract, a "swap", a "cap", a "collar", a "floor" and an over-the-counter option (other than an option on a foreign currency, an option on a basket of currencies, an option on a Security or an option on an index of Securities, which fall within the definition of "Security") (a "Privately-Traded Futures Contract"). You should consult with the Compliance Officer if you have any doubt about whether a particular Investment Transaction you contemplate involves a Futures Contract. For purposes of this definition, a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract is defined by its expiration month, i.e., a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in June is treated as a separate Publicly-Traded Futures Contract, when compared to a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in July.

IMMEDIATE FAMILY

        The term "Immediate Family" means any of the following persons who RESIDE IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD OR WHO DEPEND ON YOU FOR BASIC LIVING SUPPORT: your spouse, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

INVESTMENT TRANSACTION

        For purposes of this Policy, the term "Investment Transaction" means any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest. The exercise of an option to acquire a Security or Futures Contract is an Investment Transaction in that Security or Futures Contract.

PERSONAL ACCOUNT

        The term "Personal Account" means the following accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest:

A-3


POLICY

        The term "Policy" means this Employee Investment Transaction Policy.

PORTFOLIO EMPLOYEE

        The term "Portfolio Employee" means a Portfolio Manager or an Advisory Employee who provides information or advice to a Portfolio Manager, who helps execute a Portfolio Manager's decisions, or who directly supervises a Portfolio Manager.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

        The term "Portfolio Manager" means any employee of an Advisor who has the authority, whether sole or shared or only from time to time, to make investment decisions or to direct trades affecting an Advisory Client.

RELATED ACCOUNT

        The term "Related Account" means any account, other than a Personal Account, that holds a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest (other than an account over which you have no investment discretion and cannot otherwise exercise control) and any account (other than an Advisory Client's account) of any individual or entity to whom you give advice or make recommendations with regard to the acquisition or disposition of Securities or Futures Contracts (whether or not such advice is acted upon).

RELATED SECURITY

        The term "Related Security" means, as to any Security, any instrument related in value to that Security, including, but not limited to, any option or warrant to purchase or sell that Security, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for that Security. For example, the purchase and exercise of an option to acquire a Security is subject to the same restrictions that would apply to the purchase of the Security itself.

SECURITY

        As a GENERAL MATTER, the term "Security" means any stock, note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (including any loan participation or assignment), limited partnership interest, or investment contract, OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT SECURITY (as defined above). The term "Security" includes an OPTION on a Security, an index of Securities, a currency or a basket of currencies, including such an option traded on the Chicago Board of Options Exchange or on the New York, American, Pacific or Philadelphia Stock Exchanges as well as such an option traded in the over-the-counter market. The term "Security" does NOT include a physical commodity or a Futures Contract. The term "Security" may include an interest in a limited liability company (LLC) or in a private investment fund.

        As a TECHNICAL MATTER, the term "Security" has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, which defines a Security to mean:

EXCEPT THAT the term "Security" does not include any Security that is an Exempt Security (as defined above), a Futures Contract (as defined above), or a physical commodity (such as foreign exchange or a precious metal).

A-4




QuickLinks

EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY TABLE OF CONTENTS
EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY FOR BLACKROCK, INVESTMENT ADVISER COMPANIES
APPENDIX I DEFINITIONS OF CAPITALIZED TERMS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99.(r)(3)


PNC BANK CODE OF ETHICS

        Honesty, integrity and fairness are some of the qualities that have marked the organizations and employees that have joined together to become PNC Bank. Certainly, that we operate in this manner is not by chanceour clients demand it of us, for our shareholders it is an imperative, and the law requires it of us. While these are all compelling reasons, I believe we conduct ourselves in an ethical manner, first and foremost. because we know it is simply the right thing to do.

        This PNC Bank Code of Ethics, a revision of an earlier version, reflects the values of PNC Bank and stands as a statement and reminder for all of us as to what we believe in at PNC Bank.

        In the rapidly changing, highly competitive business world, there are times when the appropriate course of action may not be clear. There can be many options and alternative methods for conducting business. While our common sense and good judgment can generally provide the guidance we require to enable us to do the right thing, the standards included in the Code have been designed to help you deal with situations you may encounter.

        Please review the PVC Bank Code of Ethics. You can discuss areas of concern with your supervisor or contact any of the individuals noted in the Code whose responsibility it is to help you through these matters.

        All of us need to adhere to the Code's principles. Through proper business behavior, PNC Bank will maintain the high level of trust we enjoy with our clients and communities and continue to be successful. We must always strive to do the right thing, for there is no compromise.


 

 

/s/ JAMES E. ROHR

James E. Rohr
President & Chief Executive Officer


INTRODUCTION

        The PNC Bank Code of Ethics ("Code") conveys key information to assist you in discharging your responsibilities on behalf of PNC Bank Corp. and its subsidiaries ("PNC Bank" or "PNC") in an ethical and legally proper manner.

        The PNC Code of Ethics (formerly known as the Guidelines for Corporate Conduct at PNC Bank) is based on the principles that PNC Bank believes in:

        The Code applies to all employees and directors as well as to agents when acting on behalf of PNC. Certain provisions of the Code also apply to others (such as family members).

        Supervisors and managers should help their staff understand and apply the above principles and comply with the standards in the Code.

        The conduct of each of us reflects on our organization and affects how we are perceived. Whether inside or outside of work your personal conduct should be an asset to PNC Bank.

        Use your good judgment, follow the standards set forth in the Code, and report your concerns as provided in the Code. By doing so, we can ensure that PNC Bank continues to stand for honesty, integrity and fairness.

2



TABLE OF CONTENTS

CODE OF ETHICS    
  Chairman's Message    
  Introduction    

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

NUMBER


RESPONSIBILITIES

 

1.00
  Administration   1.01
  Notifications Approvals   1.02
  Reporting Procedures   1.03
  Key Contacts   1.04
  Exceptions/Question   1.05
  Enforcement   1.06
  Written Acknowledgement   1.07
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT   2.00
  Confidentiality   2.01
  Insider Trading   2.02
  Clients' Property   2.03
  Corporate Property   2.04
    Inventions   2.04
  Conflicts of Interest   2.05
    Gifts and Entertainment   2.05.1
    Gifts to Public Officials   2.05.2
    Borrowing from Clients or Suppliers Lending   2.05.3
    Self-Dealing   2.05.4
    Sales/Purchases of Property and Services to/from Employees   2.05.5
    Dealing with Suppliers   2.05.6
    Inheritances: Fiduciary Compensation and Fees for Personal Services   2.05.7
    Use of Position or Authority   2.05.8
    Outside Activities   2.05.9
      —Other Employment   2.05.9A
      —Officer or Directorships   2.05.9B
    Public Office   2.05.10
    Expert Witnesses   2.05.11
    Insider Lending   2.05.12
    Interest on Deposits of Directors, Officers, Attorneys, and Employees   2.05.13
    Sales/Purchases of Property and Services to/from Non-Officer Directors   2.05.14
  Discrimination, Bias and Harassment   2.06
    Equal Employment Opportunity Policy   2.06.1
    Bias and Harassment   2.06.2
    Sexual Harassment   2.06.3
  Antitrust   2.07
  Fair Competition   2.08
  Personal Responsibilities of Employees   2.09
    Drug Abuse   2.09.1
    Alcohol Abuse   2.09.2
    Personal Finances   2.09.3
    Solicitation   2.09.4
  Political Contributions   2.10
  Lobbying   2.11
     

3


  Other Matters   2.12
  Media Inquiries   2.13
  Recordkeeping   2.14
  Accounting Practices/Foreign Corrupt Practices Act   2.15
  Bank Secrecy/Money Laundering Control Act   2.16
  Community Reinvestment Act/Fair Lending   2.17
  Safety, Health and Environment   2.18

EXHIBITS:

 

 
Forms   Exhibit I
Notification/Approval Form   Exhibit 1-A
Form for Approval to Serve At the Request of PNC   Exhibit 1-B
Policies    
  Insider Trading Policy   Exhibit
  Drug Abuse Policy Summary   Exhibit
  Electronic Media Policy   Exhibit
  Customer Information Privacy Principles   Exhibit
  Stock Ownership Policy   Exhibit
  Policy for Employee's Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations   Exhibit
  Public Office Policy   Exhibit
Key Contacts and Reference Guide   Addendum

4


1.00   RESPONSIBILITIES

 

 

As part of your responsibilities, you must:

 

 


 

Understand and comply with the Code, other PNC policies and procedures, and applicable laws and regulations:

 

 


 

Provide the required notifications and obtain the necessary approvals in accordance with the Code: and

 

 


 

Report any possible violations of the Code of which you are aware.

 

 

You are not permitted to act in a way that violates the Code. Businesses or departments may have supplemental policies or procedures with which employees also must comply.

1.01 ADMINISTRATION

 

The PNC Code of Ethics is administered by PVC's Director of Compliance or a designee (referred to in the Code as "Director of Compliance"). A PNC Code of Ethics Policy Committee ("Ethics Policy Committee") has been established to determine policy issues relating to the Code, oversee resolution of major ethical issues, and receive and review reports relating to the Code's administration.

1.02 NOTIFICATIONS/APPROVALS

 

You should become familiar with the following situations in the Code that require you to provide notification or obtain prior approval.

•    Insider Trading

 

 

 

 

 

2.02/Exhibit
•    Corporate Property           2.0
  —Inventions           2.0
•    Conflicts of Interest           2.0
•    Gifts and Entertainment           2.05
•    Gifts to Public Officials           2.05
•    Inheritances: Fiduciary Compensation and Fees for Personal Services   2.05
•    Outside Activities           2.05
  —Other Employment           2.05.9
  —Officer or Directorships           2.05.9B/Exhibit
•    Expert Witnesses           2.05.1
•    Antitrust           2.0
•    Fair Competition           2.0
•    Political Contributions           2.1

 

 

You can provide notification or obtain approval either (i) by contacting the Director of Compliance or (ii) through submission of the Code of Ethics Notification/Approval Form ("Notification/Approval Form") to your supervisor and Human Resources ("HR") representative, as designated in the Code. A sample of the Notification/Approval Form is attached as Exhibit I; the form is available via Lotus Notes PNC s Intraweb at http://www.intranet.pncbank.com or from your Human Resources Department.

 

 

If employees have any questions regarding how to provide notification or obtain approval they should contact their HR representative. Directors and agents should contact the Director of Compliance regarding notifications or approvals, questions or any other matters under the Code.

1.03 REPORTING PROCEDURES

 

Reports of any possible violations of the Code, including dishonest or fraudulent acts, or questions or concerns regarding matters covered by the Code, should be made immediately to any of the following people:

 

 


 

Your supervisor;

 

 


 

Your HR representative;
             

5



 

 


 

The Security Services representative;

 

 


 

The Director of Compliance; or

 

 


 

The General Counsel.

 

 

You have been provided with several alternative people to whom you can report a possible violation so that you can choose a person with whom you feel comfortable. You may make an anonymous report if you wish.

 

 

Note: Any supervisor who receives a report of a possible violation should refer it immediately to the HR representative, the Security Services representative, the Director or Compliance, or the General Counsel.

 

 

When you report a possible violation. you will be protected from any employment discrimination, retaliation, or retribution for good faith reporting.

1.04 KEY CONTRACTS

 

HR representatives, the Security Services representative, the Director Contacts of Compliance, the General Counsel and others referenced in the Code are Key Contacts to assist you on Code matters for PNC. Their telephone numbers can be found in the Key Contacts and Reference Guide attached as an Addendum to the Code, on PNC's intraweb at http://www.intranet.pncbank.com, or through Office Vision at BB CRPNEWS.

1.06 EXCEPTIONS/QUESTIONS

 

Exceptions to the Code and certain approvals will need to be made by the Questions Ethics Policy Committee. If you would like to ask for an exception or have a question about any part of the Code, you should first discuss it with your supervisor and your HR representative who will process your request, or you may contact the Director of Compliance. The Director of Compliance, as appropriate, will present requests for exceptions or approvals to the Ethics Policy Committee.

1.06 ENFORCEMENT

 

If an employee violates the Code, PNC polities and procedures or any applicable laws or regulations, the employee may be subject to disciplinary action, which tray include termination of employment Violation of laws could also result in legal proceedings and penalties, including, in some circumstance, criminal penalties.

 

 

You are required to cooperate fully with investigations, audits, monitoring procedures, and other inquiries regarding Code matters,including requests to provide documentation. Refusal to comply may result in disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment.

1.07 WRITTEN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

When you are hired, and at certain times during your employment, you will be required to sign a written acknowledgment certifying that you have received, have read, understand, and will comply with the Code. Refusal to complete the acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action which may include termination of employment.

2.00

 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

 

 

The following are standards of conduct for some specific issues that may arise in our business. We may amend or change these standards from time to time.

2.01 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

Confidentiality is a fundamental principle in PNC Bank's business. You may deal with confidential, non-public information concerning PNC Bank, its clients, shareholders, employees and suppliers. You must protect all confidential information from unauthorized disclosure.
             

6



 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

The term "confidential information" includes, but is not limited to:

 

 

+

 

PNC's business information, records, activities and plans;

 

 

+

 

The identity, business information, records, activities and plans of clients and prospective clients;

 

 

+

 

The identity of, or information relating to, merger and acquisition candidates;

 

 

+

 

PNC's sources of supply, sales methods and sales proposals;

 

 

+

 

PNC's computer programs, system documentation, special hardware, product hardware, software and technology developments;

 

 

+

 

Manuals, formulae, processes, methods, machines, compositions, ideas, improvements, inventions, or other confidential or proprietary information belonging to PNC or related to PNC s affairs;

 

 

+

 

Security information such as passwords, personal identification numbers (PIN's), and electronic keys;

 

 

+

 

Reports written to and by regulatory agencies; and

 

 

+

 

Any additional confidential information described in PNC's Insider Trading Policy (attached as Exhibit 2).

 

 

YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES

 

 

Your responsibilities with regard to confidential information are:

 

 

+

 

You must not disclose confidential information to any person within PNC, unless that person has a need to know such information in connection with his or her employment responsibilities.

 

 

+

 

You must not disclose confidential information to anyone outside of PNC, unless:

 

 

 

 

&

 

Such person is employed by an outside firm (i.e., a law, accounting or other firm) retained by PNC and that person needs to know the information in connection with the service to be provided by the firm to PNC;

 

 

 

 

&

 

Pursuant to proper legal process or regulation. (PVC's Legal Department has written guidelines for handling legal process. If you receive a request for confidential information, or subpoena or other legal process, you must immediately inform your supervisor who will contact the Legal Department): or

 

 

 

 

&

 

The individual or organization to which the information relates gives written consent, and release of the information is approved by the Legal Department.

 

 

+

 

You must never use confidential information for personal financial gain or to complete with PNC.

 

 

+

 

You must keep in a secure way all files, records, or inquiries regarding clients and employees. and other records that contain confidential information.

 

 

+

 

You must keep all identification and access codes. security equipment. security programs, and security procedures confidential.

7


    +   You must avoid discussing confidential information in public places (for example, elevators, restaurants or at social events).

 

 

+

 

You must avoid discussing confidential information on cellular or car phones.

 

 

+

 

You must be sensitive to whether information is confidential when using E-Mail, Office Vision or facsimile machines.

 

 

+

 

You must not disclose confidential information, whether it is in written form or in your memory, even after you leave your employment or position with PNC.

 

 

In addition. you must comply with all other PNC policies and procedures relating to confidentiality, including those that have been adopted for your business or department. All employees should also become familiar with and follow the standards relating to confidentiality of information set forth in the Information Security Policy Manual, available through Office Vision at BB PCSECURE, from Information Security. or via PNC's intranet (http://www.intranet.pncbank.com).

2.02 INSIDER TRADING

 

PNC has adopted an Insider Trading Policy, which is attached as Exhibit 2 to this Code. You should become familiar with the requirements of the Policy and must comply with its rules and standards.

2.03 CLIENTS PROPERTY

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

You must maintain the highest standards of honesty and integrity in handling clients' money and other property. You are not permitted to make unauthorized use of any client's money or property.

2.04 CORPORATE PROPERTY

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

Corporate property may be used and removed from PNC premises only for business purposes, unless approved by your supervisor, or in accordance with policies adopted by the Board of Directors of PNC or a committee of the Board.

 

 

Corporate property includes. but is not limited to:

 

 

+

 

Information;

 

 

+

 

Files;

 

 

+

 

Products;

 

 

+

 

Office supplies and furnishings;

 

 

+

 

Services;

 

 

+

 

Automobiles;

 

 

+

 

Technologies;

 

 

+

 

Concepts;

 

 

+

 

Client lists;

 

 

+

 

Policies and procedures manuals;

 

 

+

 

Computer and other equipment. such as facsimile machines;

 

 

+

 

Computer databases, programs and software;

 

 

+

 

Data processing systems;

 

 

+

 

Voice mail;
             

8



 

 

+

 

E-Mail; and

 

 

+

 

Any other electronic messaging systems or information about PNC's business.

 

 

INSPECTIONS

 

 

Corporate property and personal possessions that you may bring onto PNC premises are subject to inspection.

 

 

INVENTIONS

 

 

If you invent something, make a discovery, improve something or write something during your employment which is related to PNC's business or activities, you are required to:

 

 

+

 

Disclose your work to your supervisor,

 

 

+

 

Assign any rights to the work to PNC, if appropriate; and

 

 

+

 

Assist PNC either during or after your employment in getting the use and benefits of the work, including anything necessary for PNC to get a patent or copyright or obtain other protection for the work.

2.05 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

You owe PNC Bank and its clients undivided loyalty. You should not have an interest that conflicts with, or may reasonably appear to conflict with, PNC Bank or its clients, unless approved as set forth in this Code.

 

 

DEFINITION

 

 

A conflict of interest exists when:

 

 

+

 

You engage in a personal activity or have a personal interest that may influence your decisions when acting for PNC or that may be at odds with PNC's interests; or

 

 

+

 

You use your position with PNC or use PNC's confidential information to benefit yourself rather than PNC.

 

 

A conflict of interest may be based on your financial, business, family or other personal relationships with clients, suppliers, competitors or others, or on some other factor.

 

 

APPEARANCE OF CONFLICT

 

 

The appearance of a conflict can be as damaging as an actual conflict and can erode trust and confidence in PNC. When faced with a situation involving a potential conflict of interest, you should ask yourself whether public disclosure of the matter would embarrass PNC or lead an outside observer to believe a conflict exists.

 

 

DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

 

 

You must disclose in writing to your supervisor and your market HR representative all known or potential conflicts of interest by submitting a Notification/Approval Form. The Director of Compliance should be contacted on how to handle a situation, if necessary.
             

9



 

 

ILLUSTRATIONS

 

 

Some illustrations of areas where potential conflicts of interests could occur and PNC's policies are:

2.05.1 GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

You may not ask for or accept a gift or anything of value from anyone (before or after a transaction is discussed or concluded or a business decision is made) if you intend to be influenced or rewarded, or you believe the giver intends to exert influence, in connection with any business decision or transaction involving PNC. Where this is not the case, under certain circumstances, you may accept gifts or something of value from someone doing or seeking to do business with PNC. Examples of such circumstances are:

 

 

PERMISSIBLE GIFTS

 

 

+

 

Accepting a gift that is based on obvious family or personal relationships (such as between you and your parents, children, spouse or close friend) and it is clear that the gift is being accepted because of the relationship rather than any PNC business;

 

 

+

 

Letting someone else occasionally pay for meals, refreshments, travel arrangements, accommodations, or entertainment to discuss business or foster business relationships if the expense is of reasonable value. In general, such items are of reasonable value if they involve a level of expense that customarily would be reimbursed by PNC as a "reasonable business" expense if not paid for by the other party;

 

 

+

 

Accepting loans from other banks or financial institutions on normal terms to finance usual activities, such as home mortgage loans, except where prohibited by law;

 

 

+

 

Occasionally accepting advertising or promotional material haring a value not in excess of $100, such as pens, pencils, note pads, key chains, calendars and similar items;

 

 

+

 

Accepting discounts or rebates on merchandise or services that is not more than those available to other clients;

 

 

+

 

Accepting gifts having a value not in excess of $100 that are related to commonly recognized events or occasions, such as a promotion, new job, wedding, retirement, holiday, birthday, or bar or bat mitzvah; and

 

 

+

 

Accepting civic, charitable, educational or religious organizational awards for recognition of service and accomplishment.

 

 

DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

 

 

You must make every effort to refuse or return a gift or something of value that goes beyond those permissible circumstances listed above. In the following circumstances, you must promptly notify your supervisor and market HR representative, or the Director of Compliance, to discuss how to handle the situation:

 

 

+

 

If you are offered a gift or something of value that goes beyond those permissible circumstances above and you cannot refuse or return it: or

 

 

+

 

You have any doubts about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something of value.
             

10



 

 

Only the Ethics Policy Committee can give approval to accept a gift or something of value outside of the permissible circumstances listed above.

 

 

You can provide notification or obtain approval by submitting the Notification/Approval Form to your supervisor and market HR representative, or you may contact the Director of Compliance.

 

 

GIVING GIFTS

 

 

The above standards for accepting gifts also apply to giving gifts, except that giving gifts to public officials is addressed separately in the next section.

2.051 GIFT TO PUBLIC OFFICIALS

 

MONETARY GIFTS PROHIBITED

 

 

You may not give a gift of money to a public official, except for legitimate personal campaign contributions to candidates for public office. (Certain employees must obtain prior written approval before making political contributions. See Section 2.10).

 

 

GIFTS OF VALUE TO INFLUENCE PARTICULAR ACTS PROHIBITED

 

 

You may not give anything of value (including, for example, gifts, meals, recreation, entertainment, flowers, transportation, lodging or sporting event tickets, which will be referred to in this section as "gifts") to a public official for the purpose of influencing a particular act by the official or his or her agency.

 

 

LIMITATIONS ON OTHER TYPES OF GIFTS

 

 

Limitations on giving items of value are discussed below with respect to different types of public officials with whom PNC employers are likely to have contact. These limitations, which should be interpreted as applying also to the spouse or family members of the public official, do not apply to gifts based on obvious family or close personal relationships.

 

 

LIMITATIONS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS

 

 

+

 

FEDERAL OFFICIALS—Gifts of over $50 in value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch of the federal government ("executive branch official"). For example, the value of an executive branch official s meal paid for by PNC may not be greater than $20. If all of the gifts to an executive branch official are added together in any calendar year, they may not be greater than $50. Any gift to an executive branch official must receive advance written approval from the Director of Compliance so that the $50 limit can be monitored. Advance approval of each gift,regardless of amount, is important because gifts given by all PNC officers to one executive branch official will be aggregated.

 

 

 

 

Members of Congress and Congressional staff are subject to restrictions on gifts they may accept. Any gift to a member of Congress or to Congressional staff members must receive advance written approval from the Director of Compliance.
             

11



 

 

+

 

PENNSYLVANIA STATE OFFICIALS—Gifts of more than nominal value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch of Pennsylvania government. Although nominal value does not have a specific dollar limit, you should be guided by the principles set forth in Section 2.05.1 above concerning PNC employees' receipt of gifts. Any gift to a Pennsylvania State official must receive advance written approval from the Director of Compliance so that reporting requirements imposed by the Lobbying Disclosure Act may be satisfied.

 

 

+

 

PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OFFICIALS—In counties in which PNC employees are likely to have significant activity, the rules for Pennsylvania state officials apply, except as follows. In Erie County, all gifts—even of nominal value—are prohibited. In Philadelphia County, the aggregate value of gifts may not exceed $100 annually. However, in Philadelphia County, gifts of food and beverage consumed at an event or meeting at which the official is attending are not restricted as to dollar amount and do not count against the aggregate annual limit.

 

 

+

 

KENTUCKY STATE AND JEFFERSON COUNTY OFFICIALS—Gifts, even of nominal value, may not be given to Kentucky state officials. Gifts to Jefferson County officials are prohibited if they are based on an understanding that they are given for the purpose of influencing the officer, directly or indirectly, in the discharge of his/her official duties.

 

 

+

 

OHIO STATE AND COUNTY OFFICIALS—Gifts, even of nominal value, may not be offered to Ohio State or county officials.

 

 

+

 

DELAWARE STATE AND NEW CASTLE COUNTY OFFICIALS—Gifts of more the nominal value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch, of Delaware 5 government. Although nominal value does not have a specific dollar limit, you should be guided by the principles set forth in Section 2.05.1 above concerning PNC employees receipt of gifts.

 

 

+

 

MASSACHUSETTS STATE AND COUNTY OFFICIALS—Gifts of $50 or more may not be offered to Massachusetts state, county or municipal officials. Gifts of less than $50 in value (for example, business lunches) may not be offered on a regular basis or in a pattern.

 

 

+

 

NEW JERSEY STATE OFFICIALS—Gifts, even of nominal value, may not be given to officials in the executive branch of New Jersey government.

 

 

+

 

INDIANA STATE OFFICIALS—Gifts of more than $25 in value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch of Indiana government: in certain cases, the official may be required to obtain written approval from a designated state official before accepting the gift.

 

 

In preparing this section, the laws and regulations of only the states and counties, which are referred to above, were reviewed. Check with the Director of Compliance before offering gifts to other public officials.

 

 

The restrictions discussed above apply to gifts given to public officials directly or indirectly (for example, through another person).
             

12



 

 

QUESTIONS

 

 

If you have doubts about whether a gift to a public official is allowed under the Code, you should either not give the gift or you should contact the Director of Compliance for an interpretation or to obtain approval from the Ethics Policy Committee.

2.05.3 BORROWING FROM CLIENTS OR SUPPLIERS/LENDING

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

Employees cannot accept a loan from clients, suppliers or any other business contact of PNC unless the client, supplier or business contact is an immediate family member, or:

 

 

+

 

the loan is given by those who lend money in the usual course of their business; and

 

 

+

 

then only in accordance with the law and on terms offered to others who have similar credit standing, without special arrangements on interest rates, security, repayment terms and other conditions.

 

 

ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS

 

 

Employees must not lend personal funds to, or cosign, endorse, or guarantee, or otherwise assume responsibility for the borrowing of any client, supplier or any other business contact of PNC unless the client, supplier or business contact is an immediate family member.

2.05.4 SELF-DEALING

 

Self-dealing means using your employment or position for personal gain. Whether you are acting individually, through a business, or in a fiduciary capacity (a position of trust for another person), you are prohibited from self dealing.

 

 

PROHIBITIONS

 

 

+

 

You may not accept from someone either doing business or intending to do business with PNC a business opportunity that is not available to other people on similar terms, or that is made available to you because of your position with PNC.

 

 

+

 

You may not take for yourself a business opportunity that belongs to PNC. An opportunity belongs to PNC when the company has pursued the opportunity, it has been offered to PNC, it is the kind of business PNC competes in PNC has funded it, or PNC has devoted time, facilities, personnel, or other corporate resources to develop it.

2.05.5 SALES PURCHASES OF PROPERTY AND SERVICES TO/FROM EMPLOYEES

 

You may not purchase property or services from PNC other than products or services offered:

 

 

+

 

To the general public: and

 

 

+

 

On terms that are available to all employees or similar situated clients.

 

 

Further, you may not sell any property or services to PNC.

2.05.6 DEALING WITH SUPPLIERS

 

MERIT BASED AWARDS

 

 

Awards of orders, contracts and commitments for goods and services should always be made in the best interests of PNC. In your dealings with suppliers, you may not request or accept any kickbacks or other inducement.
             

13



2.05.7 INHERITANCES; FIDUCIARY COMPENSATION AND FEES FOR PERSONAL SERVICES

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

Neither you nor any member of your immediate family may accept any inheritance from any PNC client or the immediate family of any PNC client,unless the person giving you the inheritance is your relative or a relative of someone in your immediate family (through blood, marriage or adoption).

 

 

APPLICATION OF RULE

 

 

This rule applies only if the relationship between the client and you or your immediate family was established through your employment or position with PNC.

 

 

PROHIBITED APPOINTMENTS

 

 

Also, neither you nor any member of your immediate family may accept appointment as:

 

 

+

 

Executor:

 

 

+

 

Administrator:

 

 

+

 

Personal representative:

 

 

+

 

Attorney-in-fact:

 

 

+

 

Guardian;

 

 

+

 

Custodian under any Uniform Transfer or Gifts to Minors Act: or

 

 

+

 

Trustee

 

 

for any PNC client or the immediate family of any PNC client if the relationship between that person and you or your immediate family was established through your employment or position with PNC and you are to be compensated for the appointment through payment of fees or otherwise.

 

 

If the appointment is to be uncompensated you must receive prior approval from the Ethics Polity Committee. You should contact the Director of Compliance to obtain approval.

 

 

CLIENT RELATIONS

 

 

If you have advance knowledge of any inheritance or appointment that may violate this rule, you must try to discourage the client from making the gift or appointment. You must also notify the Director of Compliance.

2.05.8 USE OF POSITION OR AUTHORITY

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES

 

 

You may not act on behalf of PNC in any transaction involving a member of your immediate family or in any situation where you or a member of your immediate family has a personal or financial interest. You also may not act on behalf of PNC in connection with an organization with which you or a member of your immediate family is associated or has a personal or financial interest.
             

14



 

 

Note: This section does not apply to your actions related to publicly held PNC subsidiaries in which you own stock where your acquisition of the stock was approved by the Ethics Policy Committee or PNC s Board of Directors and you comply with the Stock Ownership Policy adopted by the Ethics Policy Committee which is attached to this policy as exhibit #6.

2.05.9 OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

 

LIMITS ON OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

 

 

PNC encourages employees to participate in charitable or community activities outside of the company. These activities must not interfere with your ability to meet your employment responsibilities nor cause harm to PNC's reputation in the community or business interests. Some typical examples of outside activities are described below:

 

 

A. OTHER EMPLOYMENT

 

 

 

 

RESTRICTIONS ON OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT/POSITIONS

 

 

 

 

You may not have any outside employment with a competitor or hold a position with a competitor while an employee of PNC. Nor may you be self-employed in competition with PNC.

 

 

 

 

In addition, you may not engage in any outside employment (including self employment or hold any position which PNC determines may interfere with your PNC employment responsibilities. PNC may also determine that you are legally prohibited from or restricted in such outside employment while an employee of PNC, such as in the securities industry. You should be aware of your department s supplemental policies and procedures in this regard, if any.

 

 

 

 

NOTIFICATION APPROVAL

 

 

 

 

All outside employment (including self employment) for PNC employees must be approved in advance and in writing by submitting the Notification Approval form to your supervisor and your HR representative.

 

 

 

 

In some instances where approval to engage in outside employment has been given, it may be necessary to revisit the issue. In particular, where PNC determines that the outside activity is interfering with your PNC responsibilities, or where PNC determines that the outside activities or position is in competition with PNC, authorization to continue such outside employment or in such position may be withdrawn.

 

 

B. OFFICER OR DIRECTORSHIPS

 

 

 

 

PVC has adopted a Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations which is attached as Exhibit = 7 to this Code. You must become familiar and comply with this Policy.

15


2.05.10 PUBLIC OFFICE   GUIDELINES

 

 

PNC has adopted a Public Office Policy which is attached as Exhibit #8 to this Code. You must become familiar and comply with this Policy.

 

 

Except for lobbyists and other officers authorized to act on behalf of PNC, employees participating in political activities do so as individuals and not at the request of or as representatives of PNC.

2.05.11 EXPERT WITNESSES

 

HANDLING REQUEST TO SERVE

 

 

You may be asked to serve as an expert witness or to provide technical assistance in litigation or other proceedings not involving PNC. These activities generally take a lot of time and may be in conflict with PNC's policies and practices or with positions PNC has taken in other lawsuits. For these reasons, if you are asked to serve as an expert witness or provide technical assistance for a party other than PNC, you must receive advance written approval. You must submit the Notification Approval Form to your supervisor and HR representative to request such approval.

2.05.12 INSIDER LENDING

 

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

 

 

No PNC Bank, under the requirements of Regulation O, may extend credit on preferential terms to:

 

 

+

 

Any of PNC's directors or executive officers: or

 

 

+

 

Any related interest of these individuals.

 

 

(This space intentionally left blank.)

 

 

REVIEWING REGULATION O POLICY

 

 

PNC has adopted a Regulation O Policy to implement the provisions of the regulation in all PNC markets. You should contact your Compliance Department representative to obtain a copy of the policy if applicable to your line of business or department.

2.05.13 INTEREST ON DEPOSITS OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ATTORNEYS AND EMPLOYEES

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

PNC Banks are not permitted to pay any of their directors, officers, attorneys or employees a greater rate of interest on their deposits than that paid to other depositors on similar deposits with such bank.

2.05.14 SALES/PURCHASES OF PROPERTY AND SERVICES TO/FROM NON-OFFICER DIRECTORS

 

Unless pre-approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors of PNC Bank Corp. or the appropriate subsidiary PNC Bank, non-officer directors and their firms may not:

 

 

+

 

Purchase property or services from PNC unless such property or services are offered in the regular course of PNC's business, and on terms not more favorable to the director or his or her firm than those offered to other similarly situated clients who are not directors; or
             

16



 

 

+

 

Sell any property or services to PNC other than property or services that are sold in the regular course of the director's (or firm's) business and are sold upon terms not less favorable to PNC than those offered to similarly situated clients of the director (or firm).

2.06 DISCRIMINATION, BIAS AND HARASSMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.06.1 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY

 

It is the policy of PNC affirmatively to implement equal opportunity for all qualified applicants and existing employees without regard to race, religion, color, national origin, sex, age (over 40), disability, status as a Vietnam-era veteran or any other basis which would be in violation of any applicable ordinance or law. All personnel actions, including recruitment, selection, hiring, training, transfer, promotion, termination, compensation and benefits conform to this policy.

 

 

A copy of the full Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) policy may be obtained from your market HR representative.

 

 

WHAT TO DO

 

 

If you believe you have been denied equal employment opportunity because of discrimination, bias or harassment, you should report it to your supervisor or market HR representative or you may contact the Director of Compliance or the General Counsel. You will be protected from any employment discrimination, retaliation or retribution for good faith reporting.

2.06.2 BIAS AND HARASSMENT

 

You are entitled to a work environment free of racial, sexual, ethnic, and religious bias and harassment. Racial, sexual, ethnic or religious jokes or comments are subject to individual interpretation and may be offensive to some employees. Intimidation, coercion and threats, or actions leading to bodily harm are also unacceptable.

2.06.3 SEXUAL HARASSMENT

 

DEFINITION

 

 

Sexual harassment is any unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature that is sufficiently severe or pervasive so as to unreasonably interfere with an individual's work performance or create an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.

 

 

FORMS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT

 

 

Sexual harassment can take various forms, including:

 

 

+

 

Verbal (for example, sexual innuendo, sexual propositions, threats, suggestive or insulting comments or sounds and jokes of a sexual nature);

 

 

+

 

Non-verbal (sexually suggestive pictures or objects, graphic commentaries and obscene gestures); and

 

 

+

 

Physical (unwelcome physical contact).

 

 

CRITERIA OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT

 

 

Any one or a combination of three basic criteria determines whether conduct is sexual harassment:

 

 

+

 

If you are required to submit to the conduct as either an express or implied qualification for a job or a requirement of your employment relationship;

 

 

+

 

If submission to, or rejection of, the conduct is used as a basis for employment decisions affecting you; or
             

17



 

 

+

 

If the conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with your work performance, or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.

 

 

COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENT

 

 

Sexual harassment by a manager/supervisor, or other employee, or client, supplier or visitor will not be tolerated within PNC. All employees must comply with this policy and take appropriate measures to ensure that sexual harassment does not occur.

 

 

WHAT TO DO

 

 

If you are confronted with actions that may be sexual harassment, you should report it to your supervisor or your market HR representative, or you may contact the Director of Compliance or the General Counsel.

2.07 ANTITRUST

 

WHAT ARE THE ANTITRUST LAWS?

 

 

You must obey the antitrust laws. The antitrust laws, which contain criminal and civil penalties, prohibit unfair methods of competition and agreements that restrain the way companies compete. The antitrust laws are most often enforced against agreements between separate businesses (for example, agreements between PNC and other companies) that limit competition. These agreements need not be in writing to raise a concern.

 

 

As a general matter, all of PNC strategies and other decisions should be made independently, without consultation with PNC s Competitors. You may not enter into any of the following three types of arrangements or agreements:

 

 

TYPES OF ARRANGEMENTS

 

 

+

 

Price-Fixing Agreements are agreements with competitors about the prices, terms. or conditions to be charged clients. To avoid even an allegation of price fixing, you should not discuss our prices. terms or conditions with a competitor, except as noted below.

 

 

Note: Where we are openly working jointly with our competitors to provide a loan or other product or service to a client for example. loan syndications, agreements with such competitors on the price to be charged to the client generally do not constitute price fixing. You should only enter into such agreements if we have legitimate business reasons not wanting jointly with our competitors rather than providing the product or service on our own (for example, in loan syndications, because of undue credit risk to PNC).

 

 

+

 

Group Boycott Agreements are agreements among two or more companies to "boycott" or otherwise not do business with another company.

 

 

+

 

Market, Client, Territory or Location Allocation Agreements among Competitors are agreements with competitors not to compete in a particular line of business or product, not to "poach" competitors' clients, or not to compete in a particular geographic area.

 

 

Because the following arrangements may raise antitrust concerns under certain circumstances, you should consult with the General Counsel before entering into any of them:

 

 

+

 

Tying Arrangements arise when a seller has a product or service buyers need, and requires the buyers of that product or service to purchase a second product or service from the seller.
             

18



 

 

–Banking laws also prohibit certain ties. PNC Bank has adopted a Policy Statement on Product Tying Restrictions that you can obtain from your Compliance Department representative.

 

 

Note: Most tying arrangements that are long established in banking (such as compensating balances) that facilitate reasonable arrangements intended to assure the soundness of credit do not pose a problem under either the banking or antitrust laws.

 

 

+

 

Predatory Pricing is pricing at an unfairly low price for the purpose of driving all competitors out of the marketplace to reap the benefits of higher prices after the competitors are gone.

 

 

+

 

Exclusive Dealing involves agreements to do business with one supplier or client that preclude PNC from doing business with other suppliers or clients. You should consult with the Director of Compliance if PNC's purchases or sales account for a substantial portion of the market for the product or service being purchased or sold.

 

 

+

 

Reciprocity involves a company conditioning the purchase of products or services from suppliers on those suppliers' purchases of services from the company.

 

 

OTHER INSTANCES IN WHICH YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH THE GENERAL COUNSEL. You should always consult the General Counsel:

 

 

+

 

Before a PNC unit that you manage merges with or acquires another company (including a division of another company or substantial assets of another company outside of the ordinary, course of business); or

 

 

+

 

If you believe that any activity that may be undertaken by PNC could be viewed as restraining fair or open competition. or if you have any questions about whether any such activities may fall within any of the categories of conduct described above.

2.08 FAIR COMPETITION

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

PNC Bank expects you to engage in vigorous, but fair competition with our competitors. Unfair ways to compete are not permitted. For example. you must never direct or encourage any applicant or new employee to violate any contractual or legal obligations to a former employer, such as a responsibility to protect confidential business information, technical information or trade secrets.

 

 

REQUIREMENTS

 

 

Also, you are required to notify your supervisor and HR representative by submitting a Notification/Approval Form if you have any obligations that may interfere with your ability to perform your job duties at PNC. These obligations may include an agreement with a former employer, business partner or other person or entity that says:

 

 

+

 

You may not compete with them for a certain time or in a specific location;

 

 

+

 

You may not ask their employees if they are interested in working for PNC;

 

 

+

 

You may not ask their clients to do business with PNC;

 

 

+

 

You may not take work-related inventions, developments, or writings to use at another business or place of employment;
             

19



 

 

+

 

You may be limited in your use of trade secrets. business information, materials, training or techniques that you learned there; or

 

 

+

 

You may have to notify them of any new employment or business venture.

2.09 PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMPLOYEES

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.09.1 DRUG ABUSE

 

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE

 

 

PNC Bank is committed to promoting and maintaining a drug-free workplace. The illegal use of drugs interferes with effective and safe job performance. For this reason. PNC Bank has adopted a Drug Abuse Policy to prohibit employees from illegally using, possessing, distributing, or manufacturing drugs, or being under the illegal influence of drugs, while working or while on PNC property.

 

 

CONSEQUENCE OF VIOLATION

 

 

Employees who violate the Drug Abuse Policy (including the refusal to take a drug screening test) will be subject to disciplinary action.

 

 

A summary of the Drug Abuse Policy is attached as Exhibit 3. PNC's Drug Abuse Policy is available from your market HR representative.

2.09.2 ALCOHOL ABUSE

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

The use of alcohol can have wide-ranging effects in the workplace, including declining job performance and diminished safety of co-workers and clients. For this reason, PNC prohibits any use of alcohol that may affect your fitness for work, the safety of co-workers or the public, your job performance or any operation of PNC.

2.09.3 PERSONAL FINANCES

 

EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

 

 

Because one of the primary functions of PNC Bank is the efficient and effective management of money, you must demonstrate trustworthiness and financial responsibility. You are expected to maintain your personal account relationships and financial affairs in the same responsible manner that is expected of clients and to manage debts in relation to income and net worth. Abuse of employee checking accounts. credit cards or loans obtained through PNC Bank is not in the best interest of PNC Bank and may result in revocation of these privileges.

 

 

In addition, you must use your expense account in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the Employee Expense Reimbursement Guide, available from your market HR representative, as well as the standards set forth in the Code.

2.09.4 SOLICITATION

 

FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE

 

 

You are prohibited from soliciting other employees on behalf of any cause or organization during working time (that is, when the soliciting employee or the receiving employee is required to be performing work duties) or in client areas. Examples of prohibited solicitation include raffles, lotteries or memberships. You are also prohibited from distributing advertising materials, handbills, literature or other materials which are not prepared, supplied or approved by PNC, on PNC premises during working time or in any work area or any area where clients are routinely present to transact any business with PNC.
             

20



 

 

It will not be a violation of this policy, however, if the solicitation or distribution is part of a campaign officially approved or sponsored by PNC, such as United Way.

 

 

Non-employees of PNC are prohibited from soliciting or distributing literature on behalf of any cause or organization at any time on any of PNC s premises.

2.10 POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

PROHIBITIONS

 

 

PNC cannot make direct or indirect contributions to political candidates or office holders.

 

 

You should abide be the following:

 

 

+

 

No payment or thing of value may be made or given by or on behalf of PNC to any political party, candidate for public office in relation to his or her candidacy, or to any committee or group formed to support a patty or candidate.

 

 

+

 

PNC will not reimburse you for personal political contributions.

 

 

+

 

You may not use PNC facilities or equipment in connection with any federal, state, or local election.

 

 

+

 

You may not participate in political activities during your working hours or on PNC property. For example, branch offices may not be used by candidates running for election for fund raisers or other activities related to running for office.

 

 

+

 

If you are a foreign national, you may not make a contribution in connection with any election (federal, state or local) or make a contribution to a PNC affiliated political action committee. This prohibition does not apply to U.S. citizens living outside the United States. If you are not a U.S. citizen and if you have not been lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States, you should not make any political contributions, directly or indirectly, without first checking with the Director of Compliance.

 

 

PERMITTED ACTIVITIES

 

 

Except as prohibited by Rule G37 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board ("MSRB") and other related policies of PNC discussed below, the following activities are permissible:

 

 


 

You may sue your own funds to make contributions to political parties, candidates, or political action committees;

 

 


 

You may participate in volunteer political activities during non-working time and away from PNC premises, as long as you do not use any PNC resources in connection with your activities; and

 

 


 

PNC may make its facilities available to an affiliated political action committee ("PAC") for PAC-related functions, including speeches by political candidates. In addition, PNC may absorb administrative or other expenses incurred by an affiliated PAC.

21


    ADDITIONAL RULES FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES

 

 

Employees of PNC Securities Corp. PNC Brokerage Corp. and certain other PNC employees associated with municipal securities or municipal finance. are subject to the following rules by MSRB Rule G-37 and PNC policies:

 

 

+

 

You may not make contributions to PACs affiliated with PNC or PACs controlled by any municipal finance professional.

 

 

+

 

You may not participate in the management of any PACs affiliated with PNC.

 

 

+

 

You must obtain prior written approval for political contributions to candidates or PACs. Contact your Compliance Department or consult the PNC policy implementing Rule G-37 for more information on obtaining approval.

 

 

+

 

You must limit any contributions to $250 per election and per candidate, and you may only make contributions to candidates for whom you are eligible to vote.

 

 

+

 

You may not make any direct or indirect political contribution for the purpose of influencing the award of municipal securities business to PNC.

 

 

A copy of the PNC policy implementing MSRB Rule G-37 is located in the PNC Securities Corp and PNC Brokerage Corp Compliance Manuals.

2.11 LOBBYING

 

Specific laws apply to lobbying activities undertaken on behalf of PNC. You may obtain a summary of these laws and a copy of PNC s Lobbying Policy from the Director of Compliance.

2.12 OTHER MATTERS

 

CRIMES, SUSPECTED CRIMES, AND DISHONEST ACTS REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

 

PNC must file information with law enforcement agencies under certain circumstances when criminal acts involving PNC have occurred or are suspected. If you have knowledge of a mysterious disappearance or loss or an unexplained shortage, or know or suspect that any criminal, dishonest, or fraudulent act has occurred that may affect PNC, its employees, officers or clients, you should immediately use any of the Reporting Procedures set forth in Section 1.03 of the Code.

 

 

FIDELITY BOND COVERAGE

 

 

PNC holds a fidelity bond that covers all employees of PNC. The bond coverage for any employee may end as soon as PNC learns of any dishonest or fraudulent act that was or may have been committed by the employee at any time. whether or not the act was committed while in PNC s employment.

 

 

BONDING REQUIREMENT

 

 

If an employee does not meet the standard for bonding. employment usually must be terminated. To comply with the bonding requirements and other requirements imposed by law. PNC reserves the right to investigate the personal history of any applicant or employee. including any law enforcement records.
             

22



 

 

CONVICTIONS INVOLVING DISHONESTY OR BREACH OF TRUST

 

 

Any person who, at any time:

 

 

+

 

has been convicted of or plead guilty to a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust or money laundering or

 

 

+

 

has entered into a pretrial diversion or similar program for such an offense

 

 

is prohibited from participating, directly or indirectly in am manner in conduct of the affairs of PNC without prior consent of the appropriate regulatory agency.

 

 

CONSEQUENCE OF VIOLATION

 

 

If any employee or director of PNC is convicted of or pleads guilty to such offense or enters into a pretrial diversion or similar program regarding such offense, employment will be terminated absent consent of the appropriate regulatory agency.

2.13 MEDIA INQUIRIES

 

MEDIA INQUIRIES

 

 

You may be contacted by the media for information concerning PNC's position on various matters. You must always direct these inquires to the Public Relations Department.

 

 

PROHIBITIONS

 

 

You also may not give information to the media about PNC activities, the activities of other employees, PNC clients or suppliers without the consent of the Public Relations Department. PNC (through the Public Relations Department) will speak out on issues of importance to PNC when appropriate. PNC will not, nor should you, without the consent of the Public Relations Department, identify clients or provide client information or do the following:

 

 

+

 

Comment on actions of any other company, entity or person;

 

 

+

 

Comment on issues that are in litigation or under governmental review;

 

 

+

 

Discuss financial projections;

 

 

+

 

Discuss plans, programs, products. or operations that have not been announced publicly;

 

 

+

 

Provide testimonials or endorsements; or

 

 

+

 

Describe the content of regulatory examination reports.

2.14 RECORDKEEPING

 

POLICY

 

 

PNC maintains a record retention policy in accordance with legal, regulatory, and appropriate business requirements.

 

 

PROHIBITIONS

 

 

You may not dispose of or destroy any records that document or record the business of PNC. except to accordance with PNC's record retention policy.

 

 

If there is threatened or pending litigation, an administrative charge, a subpoena or other legal process. or if a government audit or review is in process, you must not dispose of or destroy any relevant records.

 

 

Intentional destruction of records to avoid disclosure is prohibited.
             

23



 

 

QUESTIONS

 

 

If you have questions about record retention, ask your supervisor. Supervisors may direct their questions to the Corporate Records Retention Coordinator.

2.15 ACCOUNTING PRACTICES/FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT

 

REQUIREMENTS

 

 

PNC has established internal accounting controls and recordkeeping policies to meet legal and business requirements. including the following:

 

 

+

 

All business transactions and payments will be recorded accurately in supporting records:

 

 

+

 

No unrecorded fund or asset of PNC will be established or maintained for any reason:

 

 

+

 

The use or transfer of PNC funds for any purpose that would be in violation of any law or regulation or that would be improper is prohibited: and

 

 

+

 

The accounting records of PNC, and any public record, must be complete, accurate, and in reasonable detail, and no false, artificial, or misleading entries will be made for any reason.

 

 

FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT OF 1977, AS AMENDED

 

 

Any dealings that you may have with an official of a foreign government, a foreign political party or party official, or candidate for foreign political office, must comply with the requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. as amended. The Act also applies to officials of public international organizations.

 

 

+

 

This law requires the use of proper accounting procedures.

 

 

+

 

You are prohibited from giving or promising anything of value to such foreign officials for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the official in his/her official capacity, or to obtain or retain business, or direct business to. any person. Violations may result in criminal penalties.

 

 

All laws of the applicable foreign country must be obeyed.

2.16 BANK SECRECY/MONEY LAUNDERING CONTROL ACT

 

POLICY

 

 

It is the policy of PNC to have an effective Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and anti-money laundering program. You are responsible for knowing and carrying out your responsibilities under the company's BSA polices and procedures. In particular, you must be aware of your responsibility regarding:

 

 


 

Requirements to report cash transactions on Currency Transaction Reports (CTRs):

 

 


 

The company's systems and procedures to avoid being used by persons who are laundering money through the bank from drug activities and other illegal activities:

 

 


 

"Know Your Customer" procedures: and

 

 


 

The procedures to identify a client's suspicious activities and transactions and to report such matters to Security Services.
             

24



 

 

Your BSA Compliance Officer should be contacted regarding any BSA questions or concerns.

2.17 COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT/FAIR LENDING

 

POLICY

 

 

It is the policy of PNC to respond to the credit needs of the communities to which it has facilities, including those of low and moderate income neighborhoods. In addition, each PNC Bank is expected to devote human and financial resources. consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to the solution of community problems.

 

 

It is the policy of PNC to conduct its business in accordance with fair lending laws. It is your responsibility to treat all clients fairly.

 

 

A copy of the Corporate Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and Fair Lending Compliance Statements may be obtained from your Compliance Department representative or CRA Officer.

2.18 SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT

 

COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENT

 

 

You must comply with safety and health requirements governed by federal, state, and local laws. You have a responsibility:

 

 


 

To follow safe operating procedures;

 

 


 

To promote your own and your co-workers' health; and

 

 


 

To encourage regard for the environment among fellow employees and in the community.

 

 

FIREARMS PROHIBITION

 

 

You are not permitted to possess firearms or other dangerous weapons on PNC premises, in PNC-owned vehicles or on work time, unless this is required as part of your job.

 

 

HOW TO REPORT

 

 

Reports of any actual or potential safety, health, or environmental problems should be reported using the Reporting Procedures set forth in Section 1.03 of the Code.

 

 

This Code reflects principles PNC intends to abide by. It is not necessarily a statement of the law and in many instances may go beyond what the law and industry practice requires. This Code is not intended to result in the imposition of legal liability on PNC, or on any employee or any person who becomes subject to provisions of the Code, if such liability would not exist under law or regulations in the absence of the Code.

 

 

You are responsible for complying with the Code. This Code. however, does not, nor should it be construed to, imply an employment contract between you and PNC.

25



EXHIBIT 1: FORMS

EXHIBIT 1-A        Notification/Approval Form

EXHIBIT 1-B        Form for Approval to Serve At the Request of PNC

26


CODE OF ETHICS4PNC
NOTIFICATION/APPROVAL FORM


After you complete Section 1, submit form to your supervisor who will complete Section II and then submit to the Human Resources representative to complete Section III.

PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY IN INK OR TYPE.

I. TO BE COMPLETED BY ORIGINATING EMPLOYEE

Submitted by:   Social Security Number   Phone Number
(      )                

Market Location and Mail Stop   Line of Business

Segment Dept. name

 

Current Position Job Title

I am providing notification to or requesting approval from my Supervisor                          , and HR representative, regarding the following: (Check as applicable) ((Section) refers to Code)

         Conflict of Interest ((Section) 2.05)
         Expert Witness ((Section) 2.06.11)
         Gifts
         Obligation interfering with performing PNC job duties ((Section) 2.08)
         Other Employment ((Section) 2.05.9A)
         Other                                                  


Please Describe Completely if "Other Employment"; you must provide at a minimum other Employer's name, Type of Business and Summary of your Responsibilities and Job Duties. Attach additional sheets if necessary.





Employee Signature   Date

II. TO BE COMPLETED BY EMPLOYEE'S SUPERVISOR, THEN FORWARDED TO HR REPRESENTATIVE

Supervisor Comments (Please comment on basis for your approval or disapproval)



         Approved              Disapproved   Employee is:          FT                  PT

Supervisor Signature   Phone Number   Date

 

 


Mail Stop

 

 

III. TO BE COMPLETED BY HR REPRESENTATIVE

HR Comments


         Approved                            Disapproved    

         Notification Acknowledged. No Action Required

 

Employee's Hire Date:                   

HR Representative   Phone Number
(      )
  Date:

Notification Approval Forms are available via PNC's Intra-Web, Lotus notes or from your Human Resources Department.

PLEASE FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON BACK OF FORM

27


INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING
CODE OF ETHICS NOTIFICATION/APPROVAL FORM


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

This Form may be completed on-line sin PVC's Intra-Web or Lotus Notes. or via this form which must be printed in ink or typed. Please make sure that you press down firmly enough so that the information on be read on all copies of the Form.

This Form should be used only when requesting approval or providing notification to roar supervisor and Human Resources ("HR") representative as specified in the PVC Bank Code of Ethics ("Code"). Any questions about this Form or any other aspect of the Code requirements should be directed to your supervisor, HR representative or any of the key contacts identified in the Code. (See "Key Contacts and Reference Guide" Addendum to the Code which is located in Section E of your Employee Manual, or an PNC's Intra-Web as www.intraweb.pncbank.com.)

ORIGINATING EMPLOYEE INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PART 1

1.
Check the block describing notification or request for approval.

2.
On the lines provided, describe reason for providing notification and/or requesting approval. Provide enough information so that an adequate assessment of the situation can be made (e.g., OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT; name of outside organization; type of business engaged in: and position held, etc.). Refer to the appropriate Code section as the basis for determining the information needed.

3.
After completing Part 1, sign and date Form and submit to your supervisor. Your supervisor is responsible for completing Part II and forwarding it to the HR representative for further processing.

SUPERVISOR INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PART II

1.
Complete the "Supervisor's Comments" section [ILLEGIBLE] state the reason(s) for approving or disapproving the employee's request. Indicate whether discussions were held with [ILLEGIBLE] employee, HR representative, etc.

2.
Check the appropriate action [ILLEGIBLE] "Approved" or "Disapproved." Sign and Date form.

3.
Check appropriate blocks indicating employee's status (full-time vs. part-time).

4.
DETACH THE GOLDENROD COPY OF THE FORM AND RETAIN FOR YOUR RECORDS, THEN FORWARD REMAINING COPIES TO THE HR REPRESENTATIVE FOR FURTHER PROCESSING.

HR REPRESENTATIVE INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PART III

1.
Review the information provided. NOTIFYING THE CORP. ETHICS OFFICE FOR FURTHER REVIEW OR TO OBTAIN APPROVAL MAY BE NECESSARY BECAUSE IT IS REQUIRED UNDER THE CODE, AS INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE IS NEEDED, OR BECAUSE OF THE NATURE OR SENSITIVITY OF THE REQUEST. You should refer to the appropriate section of the Code to determine whether it is necessary and if you are still not sure, contact the Corp. Ethics Office. You should also refer to the additional HR guidelines regarding the protesting of notifications and approvals.

2.
Complete the "HR Comments" section. Summarize the reasons for approving or disapproving the employee's request. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING PROCESSING THE NOTIFICATION OR APPROVAL WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE CORP. ETHICS OFFICE, IF NECESSARY.

3.
Check the appropriate action taken—"Approved," "Disapproved" or "Notification Acknowledged. No Action required." Sign and Date form.

4.
Fill in Employee's Hire Date.

5.
Detach the Canary copy and retain it to the originating employee.

6.
Detach the Pink copy and forward it to the Corp. Ethics Office. Mail Stop P1-POPP-22-22.

Note to HR Rep: If the pink copy is not legible, please attach a copy of the original.

7.
Retain the White copy and file it in the originating employee's personnel file.

28


CODE OF ETHICS4PNC
FORM OF APPROVAL TO SERVER AT THE REQUEST OF PNC


I. TO BE COMPLETED BY EMPLOYEE

Employee Name:   Phone Number   Business Function Area


Name of Outside Organization   Position Being Sought

 

 

Director        Trustee        Officer        Other

Description of Organization, Type of organization, primary activities, etc.


Justification Description of Anticipated value to PNC


Is the outside organization (1) a bank, thrift or other depository organization, (2) an organization that has a depository organization anywhere within its group of affiliates or (3) otherwise a competitor of PNBC:   Yes   No

Is the outside organization a public company:

 

Yes

 

No

Does PNC or do its subsidiaries own or hold as a fiduciary an equity interest in [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Yes

 

No

Would Employee's service to this outside organization present any potential conflicts of interest factual or perceived?

 

Yes

 

No

IF YOU ANSWERED "YES" TO ANY OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS, PLEASE DESCRIBE [ILLEGIBLE]:

*
YOU MUST CONTACT THE CORPORATE ETHICS OFFICE IF AT ANY TIME IN THE FUTURE ANY OF THESE ANSWERS CHANGE.

I HAVE RECEIVED, READ, UNDERSTAND AND WILL COMPLY WITH THE PNC CODE OF ETHICS AND THE PNC POLICY FOR EMPLOYEES HOLDING DIRECTOR AND OFFICER POSITIONS IN OUTSIDE PROFIT AND NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.

29



Signature of Employee's Manager   Date   Please Print Name
    Recommended
for Approval
   

 

 

Denied

 

 

Signature of Regional President   Date   Please Print Name
    Recommended
for Approval
   

 

 

Denied

 

 

Signature of Business CEO, Director of Staff Function   Date   Please Print Name
    Recommended
for Approval
   

 

 

Denied

 

 

Signature of Business/ Staff Function HR Manager   Date   Please Print Name
    Recommended
for Approval
   

 

 

Denied

 

 

SECTION III: APPROVAL—IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PNC CODE OF ETHICS AND THE PNC POLICY FOR EMPLOYEES HOLDING DIRECTOR AND OFFICER POSITIONS IN OUTSIDE PROFIT AND NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS, EMPLOYEES WILL BE DEEMED TO BE SERVING IN AN OUTSIDE ORGANIZATION AT THE REQUEST OF PNC ONLY IF THEY OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE CEO OR VICE CHAIRMAN OF PNC. AT THE REQUEST OF PNC MEANS AT THE REQUEST OF PNC ENTITY BY WHICH EMPLOYEE IS EMPLOYED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BELOW.


   
CEO of PNC   Approved   Denied   Date

   
Vice Chairman of PNC   Approved   Denied   Date

   

If Approved, list any conditions (e.g., with respect to director compensation, service or committees, etc.)                                                  

30



PNC INSIDE-TRADING POLICY SUMMARY

This chart summarizes certain rules described m PVC Financial Services Group. Inc.'s Insider Trading Policy (the "Policy"). It is intended to be used as a reference to help you in your compliance with the Policy. However, you should not use this summary in place of the Policy because, in addition to containing more detailed information on the rules summarized below, the Policy contains other rules and standards on topics that are not included in the summary. THE POLICY ALSO APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY: YOUR SPOUSE, MINOR CHILDREN, OLDER CHILDREN WHO LIVE IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD OR WHO RELY PRIMARILY ON YOU FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT, AND ANY OTHER RELATIVES (BY BLOOD, MARRIAGE, OR OTHERWISE) LIVING IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD. YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THESE FAMILY MEMBERS COMPLIANCE WITH THE POLICY, AND YOU MUST SEEK APPROVAL OF AND REPORT THEIR PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS POLICY AS IF SUCH TRANSACTIONS WERE FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT.

SECURITIES TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS FOR ALL EMPLOYEES, DIRECTORS. AND FAMILY MEMBERS:



You are prohibited from conducting the following activities regarding PNC securities:


PRE-CLEARANCE APPROVAL/REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTRICTED EMPLOYEES AND THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS



31



PRE-CLEARANCE APPROVAL/REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS AND THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS



OTHER PRE-CLEARANCE APPROVAL/REPORTING REQUIREMENTS



SECURITIES OF CLIENTS



SECURITIES OF AFFILIATES


32


PNC INSIDER-TRADING POLICY

INTRODUCTION   The purpose of this Insider Trading Policy ("Policy") is to further compliance by PNC Financial Services Group. Inc. ("PNC") and its subsidiaries, employees and directors with the federal securities laws and regulations. The Policy is designed not only to protect us from civil or criminal liability under these laws, but also to protect our reputation for integrity.

 

 

The Code of Ethics contains additional standards with respect to confidential information, and should be read in conjunction with this Policy. Further, your business unit may impose additional requirements. You may also be subject to Office of the Comptroller of the Currency requirements for fiduciary activities, Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, and other requirements of various self-regulatory organizations.

 

 

Certain of the following standards and rules are, of necessity, general in nature. In practice, there may be situations that warrant exceptions or interpretations that must be approved by the General Counsel s office of PNC ("General Counsel").

 

 

If you have questions regarding the Policy, you should contact the Director of Corporate Compliance or the General Counsel. Further, if you suspect a violation of this Policy, you should contact the Director of Corporate Compliance or the General Counsel, or use any of the reporting procedures set forth in the PNC Code of Ethics.

 

 

You are required to be familiar with and abide by this Policy. You must read it carefully and retain it. New employees will be required to certify in writing that they understand and will comply with the Policy. From time to time employees may also be asked to re-certify in writing that they have followed the Policy.

 

 

References to "PNC" apply to PNC Financial Services Group. Inc. and all organizations directly or indirectly under its control. References to an "affiliate" apply to the organization under the control of PNC with which an employee or director is associated.

WHAT IS "INSIDER TRADING"

 

"Insider trading" generally involves the purchase or sale of securities while aware of material, non-public information ("inside information"). A person who communicates inside information (a "tipper") to another person (a "tippee") may also be liable if the tippee purchases or sells a security while aware of such information.

 

 

Penalties for insider trading violations are substantial. Civil penalties may be as high as three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of an unlawful purchase or sale of a security. For controlling persons who knowingly or recklessly fail to take appropriate measures designed to prevent the occurrence of insider trading violations, civil penalties of up to the greater of three times the profit gained or loss avoided or $1,000,000 may be imposed. In addition, criminal fines and jail terms may be imposed.

WHAT IS "MATERIAL INFORMATION"?

 

Material information generally means information relating to a company that issues securities (an "issuer"), such as information about its business operation, or securities, the public dissemination of which would likely affect the market price of any of its securities, or which would likely be considered important by a reasonable investor in determination whether to buy, sell, or hold such securities.
         

33



WHAT IS "NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION"?

 

Information that has not been disclosed to the public is generally non-public. To show that information is public, there must be evidence that it is widely disseminated. Information would generally be considered widely disseminated if it has been disclosed, for example on the Dow Jones broad tape, news wire services such as AP or Reuters, radio or television, or in newspapers or magazines, or public disclosure documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, such as prospectuses, proxy statements, and periodic reports.

EXAMPLES OF INSIDE INFORMATION

 

It is impossible to provide a complete list of information that may constitute inside information, but it may include:

 

 


 

Unpublished financial reports or projections;

 

 


 

Information about current, proposed, or contemplated transactions, business plans, financial restructurings, or acquisition targets;

 

 


 

Dividend increases or decreases;

 

 


 

Extraordinary borrowings or liquidity problems;

 

 


 

Material defaults under agreements or actions by creditors, clients, or suppliers relating to a company's credit standing;

 

 


 

Proposed or contemplated issuance, redemption, or repurchase of securities or stock splits;

 

 


 

Significant expansions or contractions of operations, including acquisitions, mergers, divestitures, and joint ventures, and purchases of sales of substantial assets;

 

 


 

Major new product developments;

 

 


 

Significant increase or decrease in business or information about mayor contracts;

 

 


 

Institution of, or developments in, major litigation, investigations, or regulatory actions or proceedings; and

 

 


 

Developments regarding a company's senior management.

STATEMENT OF GENERAL POLICY APPLICABLE TO ALL EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

 

The following rules relate to your personal securities transactions. For purposes of these rules, your personal securities transactions include the securities transactions of your immediate family members, and the securities transactions of accounts in which you or your immediate family members have a beneficial interest or over which you or your immediate family members exercise investment discretion or control. If you or an immediate family member exercises investment discretion or control over non-related customer accounts in the normal course of employment responsibilities, those accounts are not subject to the pre-clearance and reporting requirements described below. However, transactions in such accounts may be subject to review by audit or compliance personnel.

 

 

Immediate family members consist of your spouse, any minor children, older children living in your household, older children who rely primarily on you for financial support, and any other relatives (by blood. marriage, or otherwise) living in your household. THE PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBERS ARE SUBJECT TO THIS POLICY. YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR TRANSACTIONS BEING IN COMPLIANCE WITH THESE RULES, AND YOU MUST PRE-CLEAR AND REPORT THEIR PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS AS IF SUCH TRANSACTIONS WERE FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT.
         

34



 

 

1. General prohibition on insider trading:

 

 


 

If you are aware of inside information concerning an issuer or its securities, including but not limned to PNC, you are prohibited from buying, selling, or recommending securities of that issuer. You also may not disclose such information to any other person, unless:

 

 


 

that person is employed by PNC and has a need to know such information in connection with his or her employment or supervisory responsibilities:

 

 


 

that person is employed by an outside firm (such as a law, accounting, or investment banking firm) retained be PNC and needs to know the information in connection with the service to be prodded be the firm to PVC: or

 

 


 

disclosure is otherwise authorized by the General Counsel.

 

 

2. Special rules regarding PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. securities:

 

 


 

You are prohibited from purchasing or selling PNC securities beginning 15 days before the end of a calendar quarter until the second business day after PNC release, its earnings results for that quarter (the "Blackout Period"). This prohibition does not include exercising with cash or already owned PNC securities an option on PNC securities granted by PNC and holding the underlying securities received as a result of the option exercise. All pending purchase and sale orders regarding PNC securities that could be executed during a Blackout Period must be canceled before the beginning of the Blackout Period.

 

 


 

You are prohibited from engaging in transactions in any derivative of PVC securities, including but not limited to puts, calls, and options. You are also prohibited from day trading (buying and selling the same securities during one calendar day) and short selling (selling the securities on a specified price on a specified date without owning the securities on the trade date) PNC securities. The receipt or exercise of an option grant or other derivative security pursuant to a PNC compensation plan is not a violation of the Policy.

 

 

Note: There is a limited exception to the prohibition on derivative transactions or employees who have received PNC securities in connection with an acquisition. This exception is not available to PNC executive officers who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You will be informed if this exception applies to you. If this exception applies:

 

 


 

You may sell or "write" covered call options, or purchase protective puts (either alone or in combination, as, for example, in establishing a collar), provided that such derivative instruments relate only to the number of PNC shares you originally acquired in connection with the acquisition.

 

 


 

You may not enter into these transactions during a Blackout Period or at an c time when you are aware of inside information regarding PNC.
         

35



 

 


 

You must remain "covered" (that is, you must not sell the underlying PNC shares with respect to which you have entered into the derivative transaction) at all times during the term of the derivative instrument.

 

 


 

You may not exercise am such instrument during a Blackout Period or at any time when you are aware of inside information regarding PNC. (The exercise by a counterparty to such a derivative transaction would not be deemed to violate this restriction.)

 

 


 

If you fail to meet a margin call or otherwise default on a loan secured by PNC securities, and the PNC securities are liquidated during a Blackout Period or while you are aware of inside information, you may be deemed to be in violation of this Policy.

PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

Restricted Employees and Directors (each as defined below) are subject to additional pre-clearance and reporting requirements. If you are subject to these requirements, under no circumstance may you effect a transaction in any securities while you are aware of inside information, even if you have received pre-clearance. The ultimate responsibility for determining whether you have inside information rests with you. Pre-clearance of any particular transaction under this Policy will not necessarily protect you from liability under the laws prohibiting insider trading.

 

 

Restricted Employees

 

 

Restricted Employees include members of PNC's senior officer committee (the Marketing Committee, as of the effective date of this Policy), executive officers who are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, designated employees of Mergers and Acquisitions, and other employees designated by the Director of Corporate Compliance. You will be informed if you have been designated a Restricted Employee.

 

 

If you are a Restricted Employee, you must obtain the approval of the Corporate Secretary or designate before:

 

 


 

buying or selling PAC securities and securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded companies.

 

 


 

making changes in elections or intra-plan transfers involving PNC securities or phantom shares under any PNC compensation or benefit plan.

 

 


 

using PNC securities to secure a loan (including a margin account), or

 

 


 

making a gift of PNC securities.

 

 

You must also pre-clear through the Insider Transaction Authorization System before buying or selling any publicly traded security other than securities issued by PNC or a PNC affiliate.

 

 

Restricted Employees must have their broker(s) send duplicate copies of trade confirmations and periodic statements of all of your purchases and sales of publicly traded securities to Corporate Compliance at the same time the broker sends confirmations to you. In addition, you must report to Corporate Compliance any transaction in a publicly traded security other than through a broker-dealer not later than 7 calendar days after such transaction.
         

36



 

 

The pre-clearance and reporting requirements do not apply to security transactions involving open-end mutual funds (such as money market funds), unit investment trusts, and U.S. government or federal agency obligations; reinvestment of dividends pursuant to an issuer's dividend reinvestment plan (but do apply to additional voluntary purchases or sales effected through such a plan); purchases of PNC securities under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan; or other situations where the Director of Corporate Compliance determines that pre-clearance or reporting is not necessary.

 

 

Outside Directors

 

 

Members of the Boards of Directors of PNC and PNC Bank, National Association must obtain the approval of the Corporate Secretary before:

 

 


 

buying or selling PNC securities and securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded companies,

 

 


 

using PNC securities to secure a loan (including a margin account),

 

 


 

making a gift of PNC securities, or

 

 


 

reallocating investments within the Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

 

If you are a director, you must have your broker(s) send duplicate copies of trade confirmations of all of your purchases and sales of PNC securities (and PNC affiliates' publicly traded securities) to the Corporate Secretary at the same time the broker sends confirmations to you. In addition, you must report to the Corporate Secretary any transaction in PNC securities other than through a broker-dealer not later than 7 calendar days after such transaction.

 

 

The pre-clearance and reporting requirements do not apply to the reinvestment of dividends pursuant to PNC's dividend reinvestment plan (but do apply to additional voluntary purchases or sales effected through the plan).

OTHER PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

A business unit may have or adopt policies governing the personal securities transactions of some or all of the employees of that business unit. For example, certain fiduciary, investment advisory, securities brokerage, and similar business units have supplemental policies governing the personal securities transactions of their employees. Such additional restrictions may include the pre-clearance of securities transactions or reporting requirements. You will be informed if you are in a business unit that has special policies applicable to you, and you will be required to be familiar with and abide by these policies.

SECURITIES OF CLIENTS

 

Employees of certain business units ("Designated Units") are prohibited from purchasing or selling securities of their client. Employees will be informed if they are in a Designated Unit to which this restriction applies.

 

 

If you are in a designated unit and acquired securities of a client in a transaction permitted by the Insider Trading Policy in effect before this Policy, or before commencing employment in your business unit, you may continue to hold such securities, but may not acquire any additional securities of that client. You must disclose this investment to your business unit manager and Corporate Compliance, and must obtain clearance from your business unit manager and Corporate Compliance before selling any such client securities.
         

37



SECURITIES OF AFFILIATES

 

Certain PNC employees may be subject to different or additional restrictions with respect to their transactions in securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly-traded companies. You will be informed of any such restrictions if they are applicable to you.

INFORMATION BARRIERS

 

Because PNC is a diversified financial institution, one business unit may have inside information about an issuer while another business unit that does not have such information may wish to buy or sell that issuer's securities or recommend a purchase or sale of such securities.

 

 

Information Barriers are policies and procedures designed to separate business units that are likely to receive inside information from business units that purchase, sell, or recommend the purchase or sale of securities. Information Barrier policies and procedures will be implemented for each applicable business unit.

POLICY PRESENTATION

 

A video tape that includes a summary of insider trading laws and review of this Policy will be shown to each new employee of PNC. All new employees will be required to certify in writing that they have seen or listened to the video tape, understand this Policy, and will comply with the rules and standards set forth in this Policy. Existing employees may from time to time also be required to provide a written certification that they have followed this Policy. Periodically, the rules set forth in this Policy will be reviewed with all employees through meetings, internal communications and publications, or other means.

AUDIT

 

The General Auditor of PNC has the authority to audit compliance with this Policy and the policies of the business units. Each employee must cooperate with such an audit, including requests to provide documentation.

NONCOMPLIANCE

 

If you fail to comply with this Policy (including the refusal to re-certify compliance with it upon request or cooperate with an audit), you will be subject to disciplinary action, which could include termination of employment. In addition, apparent or suspected violations of laws applicable to PNC s business may be reported to appropriate authorities.

 

 

This Policy is not intended to result in the imposition of legal liability that would not exist in the absence of the Policy.

DRUG ABUSE POLICY SUMMARY

SUMMARY

 

We are committed to promoting and maintaining a drug-free workplace. An employee's illegal rue of drugs interferes with effective and safe job performance, which is a matter of company concern. For this reason, it is our policy to prohibit employees from illegally using, possessing, distributing, selling or manufacturing, or being under the illegal influence of drugs while working or while on company property.

 

 

"Drugs" refer to, but are not limited to, controlled substances and any potentially mind-altering chemicals. This includes, but is not limited to, depressants (barbiturates); stimulants (amphetamines); cocaine; narcotics (opiates, such as heroin, morphine and codeine); hallucinogens (PCP, LSD); methadone, marijuana and other cannabinoids; legally obtainable drugs, with prescriptions (Darvon, Valium, Librium); and over-the-counter drugs.
         

38



 

 

According to the PNC Bank Drug Abuse Policy, a job applicant who is offered employment must successfully pass a drug screening test as a condition of employment. Failure to pass the test will render the offer null and void. In addition, an employee may be asked to submit to a drug screening test where there is reason to believe that he or she may have violated the Drug Abuse Policy. Further, in the future, drug screening tests may be conducted on those employees whose jobs are of a sensitive nature and whose use of drugs, therefore, would pose a risk to the company or the security or safety of co-workers and the public.

 

 

We have developed procedures and guidelines for determining whether to require an employee to take a drug test. The procedures include possible consultation with designated legal and Human Resources personnel and/or a medical evaluation. Because employees will only be required to take a test when there is reasonable cause to believe that the employee may have violated the Drug Abuse Policy, and after specified procedures have been followed, the employment of an employee who refuses to take a drug test will be terminated.

 

 

All drug screening tests will be conducted by an independent, certified toxicology laboratory, and all test results will be reviewed by an independent Medical Review Officer.

 

 

We have the right to search all company property assigned to employees and personal possessions brought onto company property or premises. The privacy of employees will be preserved to the extent possible.

 

 

Employees who violate the Drug Abuse Policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including employment termination.

 

 

Employees are encouraged to seek help with any drug abuse problem and are reminded of the availability of the various corporate benefit programs. Any eligible employee may voluntarily participate in a recognized drug rehabilitation and/or other appropriate counseling program to treat an existing drug use problem provided that he or she has not previously violated the Drug Abuse Policy. In that event, admitting to drug use and participating in a drug rehabilitation and/or other appropriate counseling program will not be considered a violation of the Drug Abuse Policy as long as the employee successfully completes the program and agrees to be subject to random drug screening tests for a period of two years and one month following initiation of the program.

 

 

Any employee who participates in a drug rehabilitation and/or counseling program, whether voluntarily or as a result of disciplinary action, will be subject to random drug screening tests for a period of two years and one month following initiation of the program.

 

 

Employees who are convicted in a court of law or plead guilty to the use, possession, manufacture, distribution and/or sale of drugs occurring on company premises are required to notify us in writing within five days of such conviction or plea.

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, management has the right to take whatever disciplinary action it deems advisable, and deny any or all benefits under the Drug Abuse Policy, if such employee has violated any other PNC Bank and/or company policy or procedure.

 

 

Any employee who wishes to review the PNC Bank Drug Abuse Policy should contact his or her market Human Resources representative.

39


PNC BANK ELECTRONIC MEDIA POLICY

INTRODUCTION   PNC Bank ("PNC") employees may have access to and use one or more forms of electronic media, for example, e-mail products such as OfficeVision and Lotus Notes, online services, the Internet, the World Wide Web, PNC Intranet and electronic devices such as cellular phones and facsimile machines. PNC encourages proper use of these media because they make communication more efficient and effective and because they are valuable sources of information.

 

 

The purpose of this Electronic Media Policy ("Policy") is to summarize key elements of what constitutes the proper use of electronic media by PNC employees. The Policy applies to your use of all electronic media and services when:

 

 

+

 

accessed on, or from, company premises:

 

 

+

 

accessed using company computers, facsimile machines or other equipment;

 

 

+

 

using PNC's leased or purchased services (e.g., the PNC corporate network, the company s Internet connection or external service providers); or

 

 

+

 

the media is used in a manner that identifies the employee with PNC Bank (e.g., you join a chat room or publish a comment on the Internet referencing PNC).

 

 

You should be aware that the Policy applies even when using your own personal computer, cellular phone or other resources, if one of the above factors applies.

 

 

This Policy is part of the PNC Bank Code of Ethics. Other PNC policies and procedures may also be applicable and should be considered.

ELECTRONIC MEDIA: COMPANY PROPERTY AND BUSINESS USE

 

Electronic media and services are resources provided by the company to facilitate company-related business. Employees need to demonstrate a sense of responsibility and good judgment, just as with any company resource.

 

 

+

 

You may not create, scan, fax, download, copy, or send articles, jokes, stories, chain letters and other similar items of personal interest to another employee, person or entity.

 

 

+

 

You may not use e-mail products for any purpose unrelated to performance of your job duties, such as to sell raffle rackets or tickets to personal dinner events, unless directed by your supervisor or manager. Solicitations are governed by PNC's solicitation policy ((Section) 2.09.4, Code of Ethics).

 

 

+

 

You may never use electronic (or any other) media to communicate offensive, harassing, pornographic or other inappropriate material.

 

 

Should you have questions on what is appropriate business use of electronic media, please contact your supervisor, your Human Resources representative or any other Key Contact as set forth in the Addendum to PNC's Code of Ethics.

SOFTWARE AND COPYRIGHTS

 

Only software developed, owned or licensed by PNC Bank may be installed on PNC computing resources and used for the purpose of promoting PNC's business. All employees are required to comply with software copyright laws and licensing agreements. Unauthorized duplication of licensed software and documentation is strictly prohibited.
         

40



ELECTRONIC MEDIA PRIVACY

 

PNC Bank does not guarantee the privacy of communications transmitted over company established electronic media links. You should assume such communications are not private, and you should observe the Confidentiality section of the PNC Bank Code of Ethics ((Section) 2.01). Especially with cellular phones, you should assume that a third party may have the opportunity to overhear your conversation. Your use of electronic media, and the content of your communications, is subject to monitoring by PNC for operational, maintenance, security, business, legal of regulatory reasons.

SYSTEM SECURITY

 

PNC policies regarding system security are set forth in PNC's Information Security Policy Manual; detailed Internet security controls and design requirements are provided at (Section) 1100, No. 1104. Important considerations you should be aware of:

 

 

+

 

Any business requirement resulting in file transfers over the Internet must be approved by your cost center manager. All files downloaded from the Internet must be from "known" reliable sources and must be scanned with PNC Bank standard anti-virus software.

 

 

+

 

You may not use the Internet to communicate sensitive or confidential information unless management approved encryption standards are implemented. The Confidentiality section of the Code of Ethics ((Section) 2.01) should be observed in any communications using electronic media.

 

 

+

 

Access to the Internet from company resources (i.e., from PNC equipment or through PNC employees) must be provided through secured corporate gateways, approved and configured in accordance with PNC Information Technology Services standards. Passwords maintained on Internet-based systems must be different from passwords used on PNC Bank systems.

 

 

+

 

Certain Internet browsers and other similar technologies which are used to access World Wide Web-based resources and services, include the ability to store information locally in files that can be retained for an indefinite period. Browsers must be configured to ensure that any "temporary" information used during online sessions is not permanently stored on local user computers.

 

 

You should also be aware that the network services and World Wide Web sites can identify individuals and companies accessing their services, and can and do monitor access and usage.

 

 

Questions regarding any Information Security policy can be directed to the Information Security Hotline at 1-800-289-1732.

PNC PRODUCTS AND SERVICES: PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CUSTOMER INTERACTION

 

Products and services provided by PNC, regardless of the media used, are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions applicable to such matters as advertising, product and service availability, costs and fees, and disclosures and descriptions. Existing guidelines regarding product functions and features need to be complied with by all employees. The policies and procedures that govern employee behavior regarding customer contact are applicable to all interactions via electronic media.

 

 

+

 

Employees should not use their status as PNC employees to set forth opinions, comments or information that may be contrary to PNC's interests. Therefore, participation in online chat rooms and publication of information involving PNC must be conducted with care. You may not use company resources to create your own personal Web site.
         

41



 

 

+

 

Any negative or misleading information found on electronic media concerning PNC Bank should be referred to Public Relations immediately. Individual employees should not respond to such items.

 

 

+

 

The standards for the Internet apply the same basic, corporate identity standards as those used in print which meet the objectives of visual clarity and consistency.

 

 

+

 

Lines of business creating a PNC Intranet must observe corporate standards, including those defined for the PNC logo.

 

 

The Public Relations Department should be consulted if you have any questions.

ENFORCEMENT

 

In today's business environment, electronically distributed information can be transmitted much more quickly than in the past, so it is important to use caution and abide by the above principles in all stages of the use of electronic media.

 

 

Any employee found to be abusing the privilege of company-facilitated access to electronic media or services is subject to disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment. Please speak to your supervisor or manager if you have any questions or contact the resources identified above. You may also use your Key Contacts and Reference Guide in your Code of Ethics Addendum to help you reach the appropriate person at PNC to assist you.

PNC BANK CUSTOMER INFORMATION

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

INTRODUCTION

 

At PNC Bank, our mission is to meet the desires of our customers. As financial services professionals entrusted with sensitive financial information, we respect the privacy of our customers and are committed to treating customer information responsibly. Our Customer Information Privacy Principles serve as standards for all PNC Bank employees for collection. use, retention, and security of individual customer information.

PNC BANK COLLECTS AND RETAINS ONLY CUSTOMER INFORMATION THAT IS NEEDED

 

We limit the amount and type of customer information we collect and retain to that which is required to establish and manage customer accounts, understand customer needs, provide customer services, offer new products and services, and comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

PNC BANK EMPLOYEES ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CUSTOMER INFORMATION PROTECTION

 

We limit employee access to customer information to those employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We have policies, procedures, employee orientation, and communication programs designed for the protection of customer information. It is the responsibility of each PNC Bank employee to comply with our Customer Information Privacy Principles policies and procedures. Failure to comply subjects our employees to disciplinary action.

PNC BANK STRIVES TO MAINTAIN THE ACCURACY OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

We have implemented internal controls and procedures designed to keep and report customer information as accurately and completely as possible. We respond promptly when a customer tells us his or her information is not accurate.
         

42



PNC BANK LIMITS THE INTERNAL DISCLOSURE OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

We share non-transactional personal information, such as applications, financial statements, and credit reports, among PNC Bank companies. We provide our consumer customers the opportunity to opt-out of such inter-company information sharing, except where such information is used to enable one PNC company to service customer accounts for another.

PNC BANK LIMITS THE EXTERNAL DISCLOSURE OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

We do not disclose customer information outside the PNC Bank companies, except:

 

 

+

 

to conduct our business (for example, in connection with completing customer transactions, transferring customer accounts, or sharing information with credit reporting agencies, persons verifying account status, or persons providing services for us).

 

 

+

 

when we suspect fraud or are otherwise required or permitted to do so by law or regulation.

 

 

+

 

when a customer requests or gives us permission to do so, or

 

 

+

 

to make available products or services we believe may be of interest to our customers. Those companies outside PNC Bank that we select to offer services or products to our customers must agree to respect the privacy of our customer information.

PNC BANK RESPECTS OUR CUSTOMERS' SOLICITATION PREFERENCES

 

We honor our consumer customers requests to be excluded from marketing solicitations.

PNC BANK PROVIDES OUR CUSTOMERS ACCESS TO OUR PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

 

Our Customer Information Privacy Principles are readily available to our customers through brochures, customer mail, web-sites, and toll-free telephone numbers.

PNC BANK PROVIDES SECURITY SAFEGUARDS TO PROTECT CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

We use advanced technology and information management techniques to implement security, audit, and control programs designed to protect customer information.

PNC BANK PROTECTS CUSTOMER INFORMATION ON OUR WEB-SITES

 

We protect the privacy of customer information sent to and from our web-sites. In addition to the security and privacy standards that are applied to traditional banking transactions, we also use specific controls designed to identify and authenticate all our online customers and prevent and detect unauthorized access to our web-sites.

These Privacy Principles are effective as of October 1, 1998 and may be modified from time to time.

PNC STOCK OWNERSHIP POLICY
(POLICY REGARDING OWNERSHIP OF STOCK IN PUBLICLY HELD SUBSIDIARIES)

PURPOSE

 

This is the stock ownership policy contemplated by Section 2.05.8 of the PNC Code of Ethics. The purpose of this policy is to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest on the part of PNC personnel who are responsible for the relationship or transactions between PNC and its publicly held subsidiaries, while promoting ownership of stock in PNC and its publicly held subsidiaries.
         

43



SCOPE

 

This policy applies to PNC personnel who act, and exercise decision-making authority, on behalf of PNC with respect to the relationship or transactions between PNC and its publicly held subsidiaries. This policy does not apply to directors, officers and employees of a publicly held subsidiary whose principal employment or relationship is with that subsidiary.

DEFINITIONS

 

1.

 

For purposes of this policy, PNC includes PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries other than the publicly held subsidiary in question.

 

 

2.

 

PNC personnel includes directors, officers and employees of PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries other than persons whose principal employment or relationship is with the publicly held subsidiary in question.

 

 

3.

 

Publicly held subsidiary means any entity in which PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. directly or indirectly owns at least 25% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interest and that is subject to periodic reporting requirements under the federal securities laws.

RELATIVE OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENT

 

PNC personnel within the scope of this policy shall not acquire or hold an equity interest in a publicly held subsidiary of PNC that materially exceeds in value of such person's equity interest in PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

 

Your equity interest will be based for this purpose on the fair market value of securities (including phantom stock units) owned directly or indirectly through employee benefit or deferred compensation plans, owned beneficially through trusts or other vehicles, or that may be acquired upon exercise of stock options, whether exercisable or not.

 

 

Your equity interest includes securities owned by your spouse, any minor children, older children living in your household, older children who rely primarily on you for financial support, and other relatives (by marriage or otherwise) living in your household.

MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

 

PNC personnel within the scope of this policy should monitor their compliance with this Policy.

 

 

PNC personnel subject to this policy have 90 days from discovering an instance of noncompliance to reestablish compliance with this policy, unless an exception is granted or, under applicable insider trading policy or law, securities transactions to reestablish compliance are restricted in this time frame. In the latter event, compliance must be reestablished promptly after such restriction lapses.

QUESTIONS

 

Questions regarding this policy should be directed to PNC s General Counsel or Corporate Secretary.

PNC POLICY FOR EMPLOYEES HOLDING DIRECTOR AND OFFICER
POSITIONS IN OUTSIDE PROFIT AND NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS

INTRODUCTION

 

The purpose of the PNC Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations ("Policy") is to establish certain rules and procedures for employees who hold or are considering taking a position as a director, trustee, officer or other similar position in a for-profit or non-profit corporation or other organization outside of PNC ("director officer positions"). This Policy applies to all outside director officer positions you currently hold as well as to any future positions and should be read together with the entire PNC Code of Ethics. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with this Policy and the PNC Code of Ethics.
         

44



 

 

If you have any questions regarding this Policy, you should contact your manager, your Human Resources (HR) representative, the Corporate Ethics Office, or any of the Key Contacts identified in the Addendum to the PNC Code of Ethics. References to "PNC" apply to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries.

SERVING AT THE REQUEST OF PNC

 

Employees will be deemed to be serving a director officer position in an organization outside of PNC at the request of PNC only if they obtain written approval from the CEO or the Vice Chairman of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (or in the case of the CEO or the Vice Chairman, from the Board of Directors or its Corporate Governance Committee).

 

 

Note: "At the request of PNC" means at the request of the PNC entity by which the employee is employed unless otherwise specified on the written approval form.

APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS IF YOU ARE SERVING AT THE REQUEST OF PNC

 

+

 

Employees who are asked to serve in a director officer position in an outside organization at the request of PNC must submit the "Form of Approval to Serve at the request of PNC" to the Corporate Ethics Office. Prior to submission for final approval by the CEO or the Vice Chairman, the request must first be approved by the employee s Manager, Business CEO or Director of Staff Function, Business HR Manager (as applicable), and Regional President. You can obtain a copy of this form on Lotus Notes, from PNC's internal website, from your HR representative, or from the Corporate Ethics Office.

 

 

+

 

The CEO or the Vice Chairman will be deemed to be serving at the request of PNC if the outside director officer position is approved by The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Board of Directors or its Corporate Governance Committee.

 

 

+

 

Approvals for all such requests will be based on the best interest of PNC. Approvals will be reviewed annually by the CEO or Vice Chairman or, in the case of the CEO or the Vice Chairman, by the Corporate Governance Committee, and may be modified or withdrawn at any time.

 

 

+

 

Employees will be considered for possible coverage in their capacity as outside directors officers under PNC's directors and officers liability insurance policy and for possible indemnification by the applicable PNC entity only with respect to outside director officer positions approved as being at the request of PNC in accordance with this Policy, subject in each case to applicable law and governing documents. Any exceptions must be approved by the CEO or the Vice Chairman of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (or, in the case of the CEO or the Vice Chairman, by the Board of Directors or its Corporate Governance Committee).

PUBLIC OFFICE DIRECTORS/OFFICERS

 

Employees considering or accepting a director officer position that is also a public office position (such as a school board director) must comply with the PNC Public Office Policy, which is Exhibit 8 to the PNC Code of Ethics.

ALL OTHER OUTSIDE DIRECTOR/OFFICER POSITIONS

 

Employees otherwise wishing to serve in a director officer position in an outside organization are not required to provide notification or to obtain approval from PNC. However, the following rules apply:

 

 

1.

 

You may not serve if the outside organization is a PNC competitor.
         

45



 

 

 

 

Note: For purposes of this Policy, a competitor means any organization wherever located, that engages in any of the same businesses as PNC. Further, if an outside organization is or has a bank, thrift or other depository organization anywhere within its group of affiliates, all members of that group are considered competitors.

 

 

2.

 

You may not serve if you involvement with the outside organization would interfere with or impede your ability to perform your job duties and responsibilities at PNC.

 

 

3.

 

You may not serve if your involvement with the outside organization would create a conflict with, or be reasonably perceived as conflicting with, the interests of PNC. If you accept a director officer position in an outside organization and a conflict of interest (actual or perceived) develops, you may be required to leave the outside organization or to resign your position with PNC.

 

 

4.

 

Under certain circumstances, you may not serve if PNC holds an equity interest in the outside organization. It is your responsibility to ask the outside organization if PNC holds such an interest. If so, you must contact the Corporate Ethics Office to determine whether or not you may accept the director officer position.

 

 

 

 

Note: Equity held by PNC includes equity held for PNC's own account and equity PNC holds as a trustee or other fiduciary. Equity interests may also include options, convertible debt and other instruments.

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES

 

By serving as a director officer in an outside organization, you will also have certain responsibilities to that organization. You should be sure that you understand and comply with those responsibilities.

 

 

There may be occasions where contracts or transactions involving PNC are discussed or decided by that outside organization (e.g., the outside organization is interested in obtaining a loan from PNC or in engaging PNC as a trustee of a plan, program or fund, such as a pension plan or an endowment fund). In these instances, after disclosing your relationship with PNC, you should not participate in such discussions or in the decision-making process. If you are a director of the outside organization, you should ask the Board secretary to reflect in the meeting minutes that you did not participate in the discussions and did not vote on that matter because of your relationship with PNC.

DATE COLLECTION

 

PNC may collect information related to director officer positions held by PNC employees in outside organizations from you for marketing or other business purposes. Neither a request for information related to outside director officer positions nor an employee response to such a request will mean or imply that the employee is serving in such position(s) at the request of PNC.

EXCEPTIONS

 

Any exceptions or amendments to this Policy must be approved by the PNC Ethics Policy Committee or the Director of Compliance or as otherwise provided in this Policy.

46



PNC PUBLIC OFFICE POLICY

INTRODUCTION   The purpose of the PNC Public Office Policy ("Policy") is to establish certain rules for employees who campaign for or seek appointment to a public office, who serve as public officials, or who serve as members of another candidate s political campaign committee ("public office positions"). This Policy applies to all public office positions you currently hold as well as to any future positions and should be read together with the entire PNC Code of Ethics. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with this Policy and the PNC Code of Ethics.

 

 

If you have any questions regarding this Policy, you should contact your manager, your Human Resources (HR) representative, the Corporate Ethics Office, or any of the Key Contacts identified in the Addendum to the PNC Code of Ethics. References to "PNC: apply to

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and or its subsidiaries.

GENERAL RULES

 

SERVICE IN PUBLIC OFFICE POSITION IS NOT AT THE REQUEST OF PNC. EMPLOYEES WISHING TO SERVE IN A PUBLIC OFFICE POSITION ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE NOTIFICATION TO OR OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM PNC. HOWEVER, THE FOLLOWING RULES APPLY:

GENERAL

 

+

 

You may not serve if your involvement would interfere with or impede your ability to perform your job duties and responsibilities at PNC.

 

 

+

 

You may not serve if your involvement would create a conflict with, or be reasonably perceived as conflicting with, the interests of PNC. If you accept a public office position and a conflict of interest (actual or perceived) develops, you may be required to leave your public office position or to resign your position with PNC.

 

 

+

 

You may not represent or act on behalf of PNC in connection with any matter or transaction between PNC and your campaign, the governmental entity you serve, or the campaign of any other political candidate for which you are a member of the political campaign committee.

WHILE YOU ARE CAMPAIGNING FOR OR SEEKING APPOINTMENT TO A PUBLIC OFFICE OR SERVING AS A MEMBER OF ANOTHER CANDIDATE'S POLITICAL CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE

 

+

 

Before beginning a campaign for public office or accepting such position, you must receive confirmation from the solicitor or other counsel for the governmental entity that your service as a public official would not prevent PNC from doing business with that governmental entity.

 

 

+

 

All correspondence concerning campaign business, including but not limited to, campaign, fundraising, must be on campaign letterhead exclusively and may not contain any reference to your status as a PNC employee other than to factually state your employment history.

 

 

+

 

Your may not engage in campaign business during working hours. To avoid any appearance of sponsorship or endorsement.

 

 

PNC's name may not be used in any campaign material or in any fundraising activities, other than to factually state your employment history.
         

47



 

 

+

 

You may not take a paid leave of absence to work on your or another candidate's campaign, except earned vacation time. If you take an unpaid leave of absence, either you or the campaign must promptly reimburse PNC for any benefits (e.g., insurance) provided by PNC to you during that leave of absence

 

 

+

 

You may not solicit contributions from any employee of PNC Capital Markets or any other PNC employee without the first obtaining preclearance from the PNC Legal Department.

 

 

+

 

Your campaign (or the campaign you are serving) may not use PNC's facilities, equipment, supplies or personnel in connection with the campaign effort. Volunteer efforts conducted after working hours off PNC premises are permitted, but PNC equipment and supplies may not be used in such efforts.

 

 

+

 

You may not direct or coerce any PNC employee to provide services to a campaign or make the provision of such services a condition of employment. You may not ask PNC employees to work on your or another candidate's campaign, even on a volunteer basis, unless you have obtained perclearance from the PNC Legal Department.

 

 

+

 

PNC does not make political contributions to any candidate or campaign committee. You must therefore avoid any circumstance involving the use of PNC facilities or personnel that could be interpreted as an in-kind corporate contribution to a campaign.

WHILE SERVING AS A PUBLIC OFFICIAL

 

+

 

You may not solicit business between PNC and any governmental entity of which you are a public official.

 

 

+

 

If at any time you are contemplating a change in your PNC duties that would involve the municipal securities business undertaken by a PNC affiliate, you must have your situation reviewed by the PNC Legal Department before accepting any such position.

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES

 

By serving as a public official, you will also have certain responsibilities to the governmental entry you serve. You should be sure that you understand and comply with those responsibilities.

 

 

There may be occasions where contracts or transactions involving PNC are discussed or decided by the governmental entity you serve. In these instances, after disclosing your relationship with PNC, you should not participate in such discussions or in the decision-making process.

DATA COLLECTION

 

PNC may collect information related to public office positions held by PNC employees from you for various business purposes. Neither a request for information related to public office positions nor any employee response to such a request will mean or imply that the employee is serving in such position(s) at the request of, or as a representative of PNC.

EXCEPTIONS

 

Any exceptions or amendments to this Policy must be approved by the PNC Ethics Policy Committee or the Director of Compliance.

48



KEY CONTACTS AND REFERENCE GUIDE

        The Reporting Procedures outlined in PNC's Code of Ethics provide a number of individuals you may contact regarding notifications, prior approvals, report potential Code violations or concerns or any questions regarding the Code. This Key Contacts and Reference Guide lists those persons you will be dealing with most frequently regarding Code matters and how to contact them, as well as resource materials and how to obtain them. You are encouraged to call anyone with whom you feel comfortable.

        KEY CONTACTS: (For the most up-to-date Key Contacts list, please check online at http://www.intraweb.pncbank.com and select "Code of Ethics" under Employee Workbench.)

Business

  Name of Contact
  Phone
  Fax
  Mail Stop
HUMAN RESOURCES/EMPLOYEE RELATIONS REPRESENTATIVES
Employees working in:
               

BlackRock

 

ROSEMARIE BRUNO

 

(212) 409-3155

 

(212) 409-3123

 

XX-R345-29-1
Corporate Bank/Treasury Management   JIM POPP   (412) 768-2378   (412) 762-3985   P2-PTPP-02-1
PNC Advisors/TPS   JUDI HAAS   (412) 762-3433   (412) 705-3446   P2-PTPP-18-1
PNC Mortgage   SHARON LAWRENCE   (847) 549-2830   (847) 549-2568   S1-S075-01-4
Regional Community Bank   MIKE GIVLER   (215) 585-5835   (215) 585-8884   F2-F070-10-4
Staff Services   MARILYN CRUMP   (412) 762-2193   (412) 762-2256   P2-PTPP-02-1
Employees in Other Areas   LINDA WILLIAMSON   (412) 762-5413   (412) 762-2256   P2-PTPP-02-1

SECURITY SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNC Bank Helpline

 

 

 

1-800-937-4445 (select option #2 then #4)
Director of Corporate Security Services   JOHN P. ERICKSEN   (412) 762-7761   (412) 762-0726   P2-PTPP-06-1

CORPORATE COMPLIANCE
For any matter under the Code:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Director, Corporate Compliance/Risk Management & Administrator of the Code   EVA T. BLUM   (412) 762-2748   (412) 705-0829   P1-POPP-22-2
Sr. Compliance Manager   MICHELLE O. MANNING   (412) 762-8234   (412) 705-0829   P1-POPP-22-2
Code of Ethics Manager   PEG HOLMES   (412) 762-8205   (412) 705-0829   P1-POPP-22-2

GENERAL COUNSEL
For any matter under the Code:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HELEN P. PUDLIN

 

(412) 762-7987

 

(412) 762-5920

 

P1-POPP-21-1
    General Counsel   (215) 585-5174   (215) 585-8564   F5-F012-02-7

49



REFERENCE GUIDE

        PNC CODE OF ETHICS FORMS—All Code Forms are available on PNC s Intraweb, Lotus Notes or from your Human Resources Department. Sample copies of the forms are attached as Exhibit 1 to the Code.

FORM

  DESCRIPTION
Notification/Approval Form (Exhibit 1-A)   This form is used to provide notification or obtain approval under the Code. MATTERS WHICH REQUIRE NOTIFICATION OR PRIOR APPROVAL ARE SUMMARIZED IN SECTION 1.02 OF THE CODE.

Form for Approval to Serve at the Request of PNC (Exhibit 1-B)

 

This Form is used to obtain all necessary approvals in accordance with the PNC Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations (attached as Exhibit to the Code).

        HOW TO OBTAIN CORPORATE, BUSINESS OR DEPARTMENTAL POLICIES—References to corporate, business or departmental policies are made throughout the Code. The person from whom you may obtain the policy or ask questions is referenced below.

POLICY

  CODE SECTION/EXHIBIT
  CONTACT
Bank Secrecy Act Policy   Section 2.16   Chief Compliance Officer
Regional Consumer Bank (302) 429-1775

Community Reinvestment Act/Fair Lending Compliance Statements

 

Section 2.17

 

Corporate Compliance
CRA Officer (412) 762-8234

Customer Information Privacy Principles

 

Exhibit 5

 

Information Security Helpline
1-800-937-4445 (Select Option #2, #1)

Drug Abuse Policy

 

Section 2.09.1

 

Employee Relations Representative (see prior page)

Employee Expense Reimbursement Guide

 

Section 2.09.3

 

Employee Relations Representative (see prior page)

Equal Employment Opportunity Policy

 

Section 2.06.1

 

Employee Relations Representative (see prior page)

Information Security Policy Manual

 

Section 2.01

 

Information Security Helpline
1-800-937-4445 (Select Option #2, #1)

Insider Trading PolicyAll Employees

 

Exhibit 2

 

Chief Compliance Officer—General Regs
(412) 762-8729

• Brokerage Personal Securities Trading Policy

 

Exhibit 2

 

Director of Securities Compliance
Brokerage & Capital Markets (412) 768-8664

• Asset Management/Trust Personal Securities Trading Policy

 

Exhibit 2

 

Chief Compliance Officer—PNC Advisors
(213) 585-8108

Lobbying Policy

 

Section 2.11

 

Senior Counsel (412) 762-1901

MSRB Rule G-37 Policy

 

Section 2.10

 

Director of Securities Compliance
Brokerage & Capital Markets (412) 768-8664

Product Tying Restrictions

 

Section 2.07

 

Chief Compliance Officer—General Regs
(412) 762-8729

Records Retention Policy

 

Section 2.14

 

Information Security Helpline
1-800-937-4445 (Select Option #2, #1)

Regulation O Policy

 

Section 2.05.12

 

Chief Compliance Officer—General Regs
(412) 762-8729

50




QuickLinks

PNC BANK CODE OF ETHICS
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXHIBIT 1: FORMS
PNC INSIDE-TRADING POLICY SUMMARY
PNC PUBLIC OFFICE POLICY
KEY CONTACTS AND REFERENCE GUIDE
REFERENCE GUIDE